WO2022042476A1 - 一种定位方法及相关装置 - Google Patents

一种定位方法及相关装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022042476A1
WO2022042476A1 PCT/CN2021/114052 CN2021114052W WO2022042476A1 WO 2022042476 A1 WO2022042476 A1 WO 2022042476A1 CN 2021114052 W CN2021114052 W CN 2021114052W WO 2022042476 A1 WO2022042476 A1 WO 2022042476A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network element
management network
mobility management
location
positioning
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/114052
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
陶振宇
周润泽
续斌
郝金平
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21860311.6A priority Critical patent/EP4187971A4/en
Publication of WO2022042476A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022042476A1/zh
Priority to US18/173,446 priority patent/US20230209435A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0033—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection with transfer of context information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H04W64/006—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management with additional information processing, e.g. for direction or speed determination
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00—Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/01—Determining conditions which influence positioning, e.g. radio environment, state of motion or energy consumption
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00—Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/02—Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations using radio waves
    • G01S5/0205—Details
    • G01S5/0236—Assistance data, e.g. base station almanac
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055—Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters
    • H04W36/32—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by location or mobility data, e.g. speed data
    • H04W36/322—Reselection being triggered by specific parameters by location or mobility data, e.g. speed data by location data
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a positioning method and related devices.
  • the effective coverage of a base station usually ranges from several hundred meters to several kilometers. For example, in an urban area, due to the large number of buildings, the penetration ability of wireless signals will be attenuated more severely, resulting in a smaller effective coverage of the base station. Therefore, terminal equipment often moves across base stations during communication.
  • the base station is required to assist the location management function (LMF) network element to complete the positioning measurement of the terminal device.
  • LMF location management function
  • the terminal equipment moves across base stations, it will cause the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment to be unable to be completed. Therefore, how to complete the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment when the positioning process of the terminal equipment and the handover process conflict with each other needs to be solved urgently.
  • the present application provides a positioning method and a related apparatus, which implement the embodiments of the present application and are used to implement positioning measurement for a terminal device.
  • a first aspect provides a positioning method, the method is applied to a mobility management network element, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device Knowing that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, send a second message to the location management network element, so that the location management network element sends a first positioning request, the first positioning request It is used to request positioning measurement of the terminal device.
  • the first message is sent to the location management network element, so that the suspension of the terminal device is realized.
  • the positioning measurement is used to avoid the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment conflicts with the handover of the terminal equipment. Further, by sending the second message to the location management network element when it is learned that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, it is possible to continue to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device when the handover is completed.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first mobility management network element receives the first handover request.
  • the receiving the first handover request includes:
  • the first mobility management network element receives the path switching request sent by the second access network device.
  • the first handover request includes an identifier of the second access network device, and the method further includes:
  • the first mobility management network element selects a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device, wherein the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element, and the second mobility management network element The network element is the target mobility management network element;
  • the first mobility management network element sends a positioning first context to the second mobility management network element, where the first positioning context is determined after the first mobility management network element receives a positioning message from the gateway mobile location center .
  • a new mobility management network element is selected when the first mobility management network element determines that there is no connection with the second access network device, and the positioning-related information is sent to the new mobility management network. Yuan. Therefore, the new mobility management network element can realize the location measurement of the terminal device based on the location-related information, thereby realizing the location measurement of the terminal device when the mobility management network element changes.
  • the sending the first message to the location management network element includes:
  • the second mobility management network element receives the positioning first context from the first mobility management network element, the first mobility management network element is the source mobility management network element, and the positioning first context is in the first mobility management network element. Determined after the management network element receives the positioning message from the gateway mobile location center;
  • the second mobility management network element sends the first message to the location management network element according to the positioning first context.
  • the new mobility management network element can send the first message to the location management network element according to the context, so as to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment, thereby
  • the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is conflicted with the handover of the terminal equipment is avoided.
  • the positioning first context includes at least one of the following: a location service association identifier, a location service routing identifier, address information of the location management network element, an identifier of the location management network element, Address information of the gateway mobile location center, feedback address of the location information of the terminal device, N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription ID (N1N2 notify subscription id), N2 interface message notification subscription ID (N2 notify subscription id), location positioning LCS client type, LCS type, LCS priority, Location quality of service, and supported geographic area description shapes).
  • the new mobility management network element can realize the positioning measurement of the terminal device based on the positioning-related information, thereby realizing the mobile Manages the location measurement of terminal equipment when network elements change.
  • the location first context further includes a location service suspension identifier
  • the second mobility management network element sends the location management network element to the location management network element according to the location first context of the terminal device
  • the first message includes:
  • the second mobility management network element sends the first message to the location management network element according to the location service suspension identifier.
  • the new mobility management network element can send the first message to the location management network element, so as to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment, thereby avoiding the need for The problem of failure to perform positioning measurement on the terminal equipment when the positioning measurement on the terminal equipment conflicts with the handover of the terminal equipment.
  • the method further includes:
  • the timer for waiting for the location response message is stopped when there is a conflict between the location measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device, which avoids the problem of location measurement failure caused by timer timeout.
  • the gateway mobile location center enters the state of asynchronously waiting for location information.
  • a second aspect provides a positioning method, the method is applied to a mobility management network element, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device Knowing that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, send a second message to the location management network element, so that the location management network element sends a first positioning request, the first positioning request It is used to request positioning measurement of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first mobility management network element receives the first handover request.
  • the receiving the first handover request includes:
  • the first mobility management network element receives the path switching request sent by the second access network device.
  • the first handover request includes an identifier of the second access network device, and the method further includes:
  • the first mobility management network element selects a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device, wherein the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element, and the second mobility management network element The network element is the target mobility management network element;
  • the first mobility management network element sends a positioning first context to the second mobility management network element, where the first positioning context is determined after the first mobility management network element receives a positioning message from the gateway mobile location center .
  • a new mobility management network element is selected when the first mobility management network element determines that there is no connection with the second access network device, and the positioning-related information is sent to the new mobility management network. Yuan. Therefore, the new mobility management network element can realize the location measurement of the terminal device based on the location-related information, thereby realizing the location measurement of the terminal device when the mobility management network element changes.
  • the sending the second message to the location management network element includes:
  • the second mobility management network element receives the positioning first context from the first mobility management network element, the first mobility management network element is the source mobility management network element, and the positioning first context is in the first mobility management network element. Determined after the management network element receives the positioning message from the gateway mobile location center;
  • the second mobility management network element sends the second message to the location management network element according to the positioning first context.
  • a new mobility management network element is selected when the first mobility management network element determines that there is no connection with the second access network device, and the positioning-related information is sent to the new mobility management network. Yuan. Therefore, the new mobility management network element can send a second message to the location management network element based on the positioning-related information to realize the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment, that is, to realize the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment when the mobility management network element changes.
  • the positioning first context includes at least one of the following: a location service association identifier, a location service routing identifier, address information of the location management network element, an identifier of the location management network element, Address information of the gateway mobile location center, feedback address of the location information of the terminal device, N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority class, location quality of service, and supported physical location area description shapes.
  • the new mobility management network element can realize the positioning measurement of the terminal device based on the positioning-related information, thereby realizing the mobile Manages the location measurement of terminal equipment when network elements change.
  • the method further includes:
  • the timer for waiting for the location response message is stopped when there is a conflict between the location measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device, which avoids the problem of location measurement failure caused by timer timeout.
  • the gateway mobile location center enters the state of asynchronously waiting for location information.
  • a positioning method is provided, the method is applied to a location management network element, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, receive a first message, and suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message;
  • a second message is received, and a first positioning request is sent according to the second message, where the first positioning request is used to request positioning of the terminal device Measurement.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, it receives the first message, and suspends the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message to avoid The problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is conflicted with the handover of the terminal equipment is solved.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, it receives the second message, and sends the first positioning request according to the second message, so as to continue to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device when the handover is completed.
  • the receiving the first message includes:
  • the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is a target mobility management network element
  • the first message is obtained in various ways, so as to prepare for the subsequent suspension of the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message.
  • the receiving the second message includes:
  • the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is a target mobility management network element
  • the second message is obtained in various ways, so as to prepare for the subsequent sending of the first positioning request so as to continue to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device.
  • the sending the first positioning request according to the second message includes:
  • the first positioning request is sent to the second mobility management network element.
  • the first positioning request can be sent in various ways, so as to prepare for the subsequent positioning measurement of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second mobility management network element is a legal network element that provides services for the terminal device or that the terminal device has been switched from the first mobility management network element to the second mobility management network element.
  • the location management network element when the mobility management network element changes, the location management network element can learn that the new mobility management network element is a legal network element, so as to avoid the situation that the location management network element does not process the information from the new mobility management network element. information problems. At the same time, it is also realized that the location management network element instantly knows that the mobile network element that provides services for the terminal device has changed.
  • a positioning method is provided, the method is applied to a second access network device, and the method includes:
  • the terminal device When the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, it receives a second handover request, where the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier, and the positioning instruction is used for Acquiring positioning measurement assistance information, where the location service routing identifier is an identifier between the first mobility management network element and the first access network device used to identify the current positioning measurement task of the located terminal device;
  • Knowing that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device acquiring the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier;
  • the terminal device when it needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, it receives a second handover request, where the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier , so that it is determined that there is a conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device. Further, when it is known that the handover is completed, according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier, the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is obtained, so as to prepare for the subsequent continuous positioning measurement of the terminal device. At the same time, the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is conflicted with the handover of the terminal equipment is also avoided.
  • the receiving the second handover request includes:
  • the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is a target mobility management network element
  • the sending the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device includes:
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is sent to the second mobility management network element.
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is sent to the first mobility management network element or the second mobility management network element, so as to provide information for the subsequent first mobility management network element or the second mobility management network element.
  • the element sends the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device to the location management network element for preparation.
  • a fifth aspect provides a positioning method, where the method is applied to a first access network device, and the method includes:
  • the sending the second handover request includes:
  • the second handover request is sent through the first mobility management network element.
  • the second handover request is sent in various ways, so as to prepare for the subsequent acquisition of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device and to continue to perform the positioning measurement on the terminal device.
  • a sixth aspect provides a positioning method, the method is applied to a mobility management network element, and the method includes:
  • the second handover request is sent to the second access network device by receiving the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier from the first access network device, so as to assist in the subsequent acquisition of the positioning measurement corresponding to the terminal device. information, continue to prepare for the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first mobility management network element selects a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device, and the second mobility management network element is the target mobility management network element;
  • the first mobility management network element sends the location instruction, the location service routing identifier and the location second context to the second mobility management network element, where the location second context is the first mobility management network element Determined after receiving the positioning message from the gateway mobile location center.
  • a new mobility management network element is selected when the first mobility management network element determines that there is no connection with the second access network device, and the positioning-related information is sent to the new mobility management network. Yuan. Therefore, the new mobility management network element can send the second handover request to the second access network device based on the positioning-related information, so that the second handover request can be sent to the second access network device when the mobility management network element changes, For the subsequent acquisition of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal equipment, preparations are continued to perform positioning measurement on the terminal equipment.
  • the positioning second context includes at least one of the following: a location service association identifier, address information of the location management network element, an identifier of the location management network element, an identifier of the gateway mobile location center address information, feedback address of the location information of the terminal device, N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority, location location service
  • a location service association identifier address information of the location management network element
  • an identifier of the location management network element an identifier of the gateway mobile location center address information
  • feedback address of the location information of the terminal device N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier
  • N2 interface message notification subscription identifier N2 interface message notification subscription identifier
  • location location client type location location type
  • location location location service priority location location location service
  • location service The quality and supported physical location area describes the shape.
  • the new mobility management network element can send the second handover request to the second access network device based on the positioning-related information, Therefore, when the mobility management network element changes, the second handover request is sent to the second access network device, so as to prepare for the subsequent acquisition of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device and to continue the positioning measurement of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second mobility management network element sends the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element, so that the location management network element knows that the second mobility management network element is a legitimate network that provides services for the terminal device. element or the terminal device has been handed over from the first mobility management network element to the second mobility management network element.
  • the location management network element when the mobility management network element changes, the location management network element can learn that the new mobility management network element is a legal network element, so as to avoid the situation that the location management network element does not process the information from the new mobility management network element. information problems. At the same time, it is also realized that the location management network element immediately knows that the mobile network element that provides services for the terminal device has changed.
  • a mobility management network element includes a processing module and a transceiver module, wherein,
  • the processing module is configured to learn that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device; learn that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a first message to the location management network element, where the first message is used to instruct to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal device; send a second message to the location management network element, so that the The location management network element sends a first location request, where the first location request is used to request location measurement for the terminal device.
  • the mobility management network element is the first mobility management network element, before sending the first message to the location management network element,
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a second positioning request, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning measurement of the terminal device; and receive a first handover request.
  • the transceiver module when receiving the first handover request, is configured to receive the first handover request sent by the first access network device; or, receive the second connection Path switching request sent by the network access device.
  • the first handover request includes the identifier of the second access network device
  • the processing module is further configured to select a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device, wherein the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element, and the second mobility management network element The network element is the target mobility management network element;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send a positioning first context to the second mobility management network element, where the positioning first context is determined after the first mobility management network element receives a positioning message from the gateway mobile location center .
  • the positioning first context includes at least one of the following: a location service association identifier, a location service routing identifier, address information of the location management network element, an identifier of the location management network element, Address information of the gateway mobile location center, feedback address of the location information of the terminal device, N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority class, location quality of service, and supported physical location area description shapes.
  • the positioning first context further includes a location service suspension identifier
  • the second mobility management network element sends the location management network element to the location management network element according to the positioning first context of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send the first message to the location management network element according to the location service suspension identifier.
  • the processing module is configured to learn that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a third message to the gateway mobile location center, where the third message is used to make the gateway mobile location center stop waiting for the timer for the location response message, so that the gateway mobile location center sends a message for Requesting the location service client to delay replying to the message of location information, and causing the gateway to move the location center into a state of asynchronously waiting for the location information.
  • a location management network element includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein,
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a second positioning request to the first mobility management network element, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning measurement for the terminal device; when the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device When reaching the second access network device, receive the first message;
  • the processing module configured to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a second message when the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and send a first positioning request according to the second message, where the first positioning request is used to request Positioning measurement is performed on the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module configured to receive the first message sent by the first mobility management network element;
  • the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is a target mobility management network element
  • the transceiver module configured to receive the second message sent by the first mobility management network element;
  • the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is a target mobility management network element
  • the transceiver module configured to send the first positioning request to the first mobility management network element according to the second message;
  • the first positioning request is sent to the second mobility management network element.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier sent by the second mobility management network element;
  • the processing module is further configured to know, according to the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier, whether the second mobility management network element is a legal network element that provides services for the terminal device or the terminal device has The first mobility management network element is switched to the second mobility management network element.
  • a second access network device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a second handover request when the terminal device needs to be handed over from the first access network device to the second access network device, where the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier , the positioning instruction is used to obtain positioning measurement assistance information, and the location service route is identified as the current positioning measurement task between the first mobility management network element and the first access network device for identifying the positioned terminal device 's identification;
  • the processing module is configured to know that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and then obtain the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module when receiving the second handover request, is configured to
  • the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is a target mobility management network element
  • the transceiver module when sending the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device, is configured to
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is sent to the second mobility management network element.
  • a tenth aspect provides a first access network device, the first access network device includes a transceiver module and a processing module, wherein,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier from the first mobility management network element, where the positioning instruction is used to obtain positioning measurement assistance information, and the location service routing identifier is the first mobility management network An identifier between the element and the first access network device used to identify the current positioning measurement task of the located terminal device;
  • the processing module configured to learn that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send a second handover request, where the second handover request includes the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier.
  • the transceiver module when sending the second handover request, is configured to
  • the second handover request is sent through the first mobility management network element.
  • a mobility management network element includes a transceiver module, wherein,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier from the first access network device, where the positioning instruction is used to obtain positioning measurement assistance information, and the location service routing identifier is the first mobility management network element and the location service routing identifier.
  • the mobility management network element further includes a processing module, if the mobility management network element is the first mobility management network element, the first mobility management network element is the source mobility management network element, the second handover request includes the identifier of the second access network device,
  • the processing module is further configured to select a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device, where the second mobility management network element is a target mobility management network element;
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the location instruction, the location service routing identifier and the location second context to the second mobility management network element, where the location second context is the first mobility management network element Determined after receiving the positioning message from the gateway mobile location center.
  • the positioning second context includes at least one of the following: a location service association identifier, address information of the location management network element, an identifier of the location management network element, an identifier of the gateway mobile location center address information, feedback address of the location information of the terminal device, N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority, location location service
  • a location service association identifier address information of the location management network element
  • an identifier of the location management network element an identifier of the gateway mobile location center address information
  • feedback address of the location information of the terminal device N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier
  • N2 interface message notification subscription identifier N2 interface message notification subscription identifier
  • location location client type location location type
  • location location location service priority location location location service
  • location service The quality and supported physical location area describes the shape.
  • the mobility management network element is a second mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is the target mobility management network element
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element, so that the location management network element knows that the second mobility management network element is a legitimate network that provides services for the terminal device. element or the terminal device has been handed over from the first mobility management network element to the second mobility management network element.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a mobility management network element, including a processor, a memory, an input interface, and an output interface, where the input interface is configured to receive information from other communication devices other than the mobility management network element, the The output interface is used for outputting information to other communication devices other than the mobility management network element, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of the first aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • the mobility management network element may be a chip implementing the method in the first aspect or the fifth aspect or a device including the chip.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a location management network element, including a processor, a memory, an input interface, and an output interface, wherein the input interface is configured to receive information from other communication devices other than the location management network element, the The output interface is used for outputting information to other communication devices other than the location management network element, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement the method of any one of the second aspect.
  • the location management network element may be a chip implementing the method in the second aspect or a device including the chip.
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a second access network device, including a processor, a memory, an input interface, and an output interface, where the input interface is configured to receive information from other communication devices other than the second access network device information, the output interface is used to output information to other communication devices other than the second access network device, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement any one of the third aspects. method.
  • the second access network device may be a chip implementing the method in the third aspect or a device including a chip.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a first access network device, including a processor, a memory, an input interface, and an output interface, where the input interface is configured to receive information from other communication devices other than the first access network device information, the output interface is used to output information to other communication devices other than the first access network device, and the processor invokes the computer program stored in the memory to implement any one of the fourth aspects method.
  • the first access network device may be a chip implementing the method in the fourth aspect or a device including a chip.
  • a sixteenth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the method according to any one of the first aspects is implemented, or Implementing the method as described in any one of the second aspect, or implementing the method as described in any one of the third aspect, or implementing the method as described in any one of the fourth aspect, or implementing any one of the fifth aspect the method described.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which, when a computer reads and executes the computer program product, causes the computer to execute the method described in any one of the first aspect, or implement the method as described in the second aspect.
  • the method of any one of the aspects, or the method of any one of the third aspect, or the method of any one of the fourth aspect, or the method of any one of the fifth aspect is provided.
  • An eighteenth aspect provides a communication system, comprising any of the foregoing mobility management network elements, and/or any location management network elements, and/or any first access network device, and/or, any a second access network device.
  • FIG. 1 is an architecture diagram of a location positioning service of a 5G network in a non-roaming scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2 is an architectural diagram of a location positioning service of a 5G network in a roaming scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a position positioning process
  • Fig. 4 is another kind of positional location flow schematic diagram
  • FIG. 5 is an infrastructure of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of yet another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of yet another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified first access network device or a second access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one (a) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c may be single or multiple .
  • the singular expressions "a”, “an”, “the”, “above”, “the” and “the” are intended to also include such expressions as “one or more” unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. to the contrary.
  • the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, sequence, priority or priority of multiple objects. Importance.
  • the first positioning request and the second positioning request are only for distinguishing different positioning request information, and do not indicate the difference in priority or importance of the two positioning requests.
  • references to "one embodiment” or “some embodiments” or the like described in the embodiments of the present application mean that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the present application.
  • appearances of the phrases “in one embodiment,” “in some embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” etc. in various places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean “one or more but not all embodiments” unless specifically emphasized otherwise.
  • the terms “including”, “including”, “having” and their variants mean “including but not limited to” unless specifically emphasized otherwise.
  • the positioning request or the positioning instruction refers to information used to request a positioning measurement task for a specific terminal.
  • the positioning measurement task can be a location immediate request (LIR) service or a location deferred request (LDR) service.
  • LIR location immediate request
  • LDR location deferred request
  • the mobile communication network can notify the terminal's location information or location-related positioning events.
  • the requester of the positioning measurement task is the positioning requester.
  • the location server or the location management network element may be used to manage location requests for specific terminals.
  • managing the positioning request refers to the positioning server or the location management network element that can be used to feed back the location information of the terminal to the positioning requesting party according to the positioning request sent by the positioning requesting party, or indicate to the positioning requesting party that the terminal has a positioning event indicated by the positioning request. .
  • the immediate request service is a positioning service of "immediate request and immediate response", and the positioning request may include LIR.
  • the location request sends LIR to the core network element where the terminal is located, such as the mobility management network element or the gateway mobile location center, and the mobility management network element or the gateway mobile location center forwards it to the location server or other other devices in the core network.
  • the network element is, for example, a location management network element, so that the location server or the location management network element can immediately feed back the location information of the terminal to the location requester based on the LIR.
  • the location delay request service is delayed, and the location requester is equivalent to subscribing to the terminal, the core network element where the terminal is located, or other related network elements for the terminal's location report.
  • the report can be triggered after a certain location event is met, such as a location event. , the terminal moves out of or moves to a certain area, the terminal movement distance reaches a threshold distance, or satisfies a preset reporting period, etc., the report can carry the location information of the terminal, and/or, the report can be used to indicate that the above location is satisfied Events, such as instructing the terminal to move out or into a certain area, etc.
  • the core network element where the terminal is located can calculate and obtain the location information of the terminal.
  • the location management network element or the location server may calculate the location information of the terminal based on the location request information sent by the location requester and the location measurement data reported by the terminal, and feed back the location information of the terminal to the location requester.
  • the location management network element or the location server may generate the above location event report according to the location information.
  • the location information of the terminal may be the geographic location coordinates in a certain location system (for example, a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS) or a Beidou satellite system).
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present application, is the object of specifying the positioning measurement task requested by the bit requester.
  • the secure user plane location enabled terminal SET
  • the client of the location service that is, the object of the location measurement task requested by the location requester, such as an Android smartphone , that is, the terminal defined by 3GPP.
  • the network element of the core network where the terminal is located such as the LMF network element or the positioning server, can provide the positioning requester with the location information of the terminal based on the positioning request of the positioning requester, or inform the positioning requester that the terminal has satisfied the positioning event indicated by the positioning request.
  • the positioning requester refers to a network element directed to the core network, such as a location management network element or a positioning server, that requests a communication device for providing positioning measurement tasks for the terminal, which may be a terminal or may have positioning requirements.
  • External clients such as servers, network elements in a wireless communication network, or other carriers with location requirements for locating terminals.
  • a secure user plane location (SUPL) agent is an application that needs to obtain location information, that is, a location service client defined by 3gpp.
  • SUPL Agent can run in SET or in SUPL network. Among them, if the SUPL Agent runs in the SET, the positioning requester is the terminal. If the SUPL Agent runs in the SUPL network, the positioning requester is an external client with positioning requirements.
  • the positioning server is deployed in the MEC manner in this embodiment of the present application, which may be an MEC platform or a server.
  • the specific deployment form of the positioning server is not limited in this application. Specifically, it may be cloud deployment, or may be independent computer equipment or chips.
  • the data interaction between the positioning server and the terminal can be directly performed through the user plane.
  • SUPL is a positioning protocol defined by the operation administration and maintenance (OAM) organization.
  • OAM operation administration and maintenance
  • the positioning server can interact with the terminal through the user plane based on the SUPL protocol, that is, the terminal can transmit SUPL packets through the user plane.
  • SUPL The message can encapsulate information such as the positioning request reported by the terminal, positioning measurement data, and the positioning request or positioning instruction issued by the positioning server to the terminal.
  • the location service architecture of a 5G network may include terminal equipment, access network equipment, location service (LCS) clients, and access and mobility management functions. function, AMF) network element, location management function (location management function, LMF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, gateway mobile location center (gateway mobile location center, GMLC) network element, location retrieval Function (location retrieval function, LRF) network element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, application function (application function, AF) network element.
  • the GMLC network element and the LRF network element may be deployed in a convergent manner, or may be deployed independently. Further, when the LMF network element is not deployed, the AMF network element and the GMLC network element can be used to realize positioning.
  • FIG. 1 is an architectural diagram of a location positioning service of a 5G network in a non-roaming scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal equipment can be connected with the AMF network element, and the access network equipment can also be connected with the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element can be connected to the UDM network element, the LMF network element, the NEF network element, and the GMLC network element, respectively.
  • the UDM network element can be connected to the NEF network element and the GMLC network element respectively.
  • the NEF network element can be connected to the AF network element and the GMLC network element respectively.
  • the LCS client can be connected to the GMLC network element and the LRF network element respectively.
  • the N1 interface is the reference point between the terminal device and the AMF network element.
  • the N2 interface is the reference point between the access network device and the AMF network element, and is used for sending non-access stratum (NAS) messages and next generation application protocol (NGAP) messages, etc.
  • the NL1 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the LMF network element.
  • the N8 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the UDM network element.
  • the NL2 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the GMLC network element.
  • the N51 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the NEF network element.
  • the NL7 interface is the reference point between the LMF network element and other LMF network elements.
  • the N52 interface is the reference point between the UDM network element and the NEF network element.
  • the NL6 interface is the reference point between the UDM network element and the GMLC network element.
  • the NL5 interface is the reference point between the NEF network element and the GMLC network element.
  • the N33 interface is the reference point between the NEF network element and the AF network element.
  • the Le interface may be the reference point between the LCS client and the GMLC network element, or may be the reference point between the LCS client and the LRF network element.
  • the location-based service architecture of a 5G network involves accessing the public land mobile network (PLMN) and the home PLMN.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • accessing the PLMN involves terminal equipment, access network equipment, AMF network elements, LMF network elements, accessing GMLC network elements, and LRF network elements.
  • the home PLMN involves UDM network elements, NEF network elements, AF network elements and LCS clients.
  • FIG. 2 is an architectural diagram of a location positioning service of a 5G network in a roaming scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG.
  • the terminal equipment can be connected with the AMF network element, and the access network equipment can also be connected with the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element can be respectively connected with the UDM network element, the LMF network element, the NEF network element, and the visiting GMLC network element.
  • the UDM network element can be connected to the NEF network element and the grouped GMLC network element respectively.
  • the NEF network element can be connected to the AF network element and the grouped GMLC network element respectively.
  • LCS clients can connect with grouped GMLC network elements.
  • the N1 interface is the reference point between the terminal device and the AMF network element.
  • the N2 interface is the reference point between the access network equipment and the AMF network element.
  • the NL1 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the LMF network element.
  • the N8 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the UDM network element.
  • the NL2 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the visiting GMLC network element.
  • the NL3 interface is the reference point between the visiting GMLC network element and the home GMLC network element.
  • the N51 interface is the reference point between the AMF network element and the NEF network element.
  • the NL7 interface is the reference point between the LMF network element and other LMF network elements.
  • the N52 interface is the reference point between the UDM network element and the NEF network element.
  • the NL6 interface is the reference point between the UDM network element and the home GMLC network element.
  • the NL5 interface is the reference point between the NEF network element and the home GMLC network element.
  • the N33 interface is the reference point between the NEF network element and the AF network element.
  • the Le interface may be the reference point between the LCS client and the home GMLC network element.
  • the protocol standard positioning services can be divided into three types: terminal originating location request (MO-LR), terminal terminating location request (mobile terminating request) location request (MT-LR) and network induced location request (NI-LR).
  • MO-LR is a positioning request initiated by the terminal device
  • MT-LR is a positioning request initiated by the LCS client to the LCS server
  • NI-LR is a positioning request initiated from the PLMN that is serving the terminal device.
  • a user equipment (UE) assisted positioning procedure can be used to achieve positioning, or a UE based positioning procedure (UE based positioning procedure) can be used to achieve positioning, or Positioning can be achieved using a network assisted positioning procedure.
  • UE assisted positioning procedure user equipment assisted positioning procedure
  • UE based positioning procedure UE based positioning procedure
  • Positioning can be achieved using a network assisted positioning procedure.
  • the LMF network element may determine to send a Long Term Evolution positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP) message or a new wireless positioning protocol (NR positioning protocol a, NRPPa) message to the AMF network element according to the LCS capability and local configuration of the terminal device.
  • LPP Long Term Evolution positioning protocol
  • NR positioning protocol a, NRPPa new wireless positioning protocol
  • the LPP message is used to instruct the terminal device to feed back positioning measurement data or location information of the terminal device. It can be understood that if the LPP message is used to instruct the terminal equipment to feed back the positioning measurement data, the UE-assisted position positioning process is used to realize the positioning; if the LPP message is used to instruct the terminal equipment to feed back the position information of the terminal equipment, the UE-based position positioning is used. Process to achieve positioning.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a location location process.
  • the schematic diagram of the location positioning process includes:
  • the LMF network element sends the LPP message and the identifier of the terminal device to the AMF network element.
  • the LMF network element may send Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer to the AMF network element, and the Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer carries the LPP message and the identifier of the terminal device.
  • Namf_communication is a service provided by AMF network elements, and a network function (NF) entity in the 5G core network can use Namf_communication to interact with other communication devices through N1 and N2 interfaces.
  • Other communication devices here may be, for example, terminal devices, LMF network elements, radio access network (radio access network, RAN) and the like.
  • the AMF network element sends an LPP message to the access network device.
  • the sending of the LPP message by the AMF network element to the access network device includes: the AMF network element determines the access network device that provides services for the terminal device according to the identification of the terminal device; the AMF network element sends the LPP message to the access network device .
  • the AMF network element may send a downlink non-access stratum transport (downlink NAS transport) message to the access network device, and the downlink NAS transport message carries the LPP message.
  • downlink NAS transport downlink non-access stratum transport
  • the access network device sends an LPP message to the terminal device.
  • the access network device may send the LPP message to the terminal device through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the terminal device determines the positioning measurement data or the location information of the terminal device according to the LPP message.
  • the terminal device sends the positioning measurement data or the location information of the terminal device to the access network device.
  • the terminal device may also send positioning measurement data or location information of the terminal device to the access network device through an RRC message.
  • the access network device sends the positioning measurement data or the location information of the terminal device to the AMF network element.
  • the access network device may send an uplink NAS transport message to the AMF network element, and the uplink NAS transport message carries the positioning measurement data or the location information of the terminal device.
  • the AMF network element sends the positioning measurement data or the location information of the terminal device to the LMF network element.
  • the AMF network element may send a Namf_communication_N2infonotify message to the LMF network element, where the Namf_communication_N2infonotify message carries positioning measurement data or location information of the terminal device.
  • the LMF network element may send the location information of the terminal device to the AMF network element. It can be understood that the LMF network element may send a Namf_location_determinelocationresponse message to the AMF network element.
  • the Namf_location_determinelocation response message includes the location information of the terminal device.
  • the AMF network element may send the location information of the terminal equipment to the GMLC network element.
  • the AMF network element may send a Namf_location_providepositioninginfo response message or a location response message to the GMLC network element.
  • the Namf_location_providepositioninginfo response message or the location response message includes the location information of the terminal device.
  • the network-assisted location positioning process involves access network device A and access network device B.
  • Access network device A is a device that provides services for terminal devices
  • access network device B is a neighbor of the cell where the terminal device is located. area equipment.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of yet another location positioning process. As shown in Figure 4, the schematic diagram of the location positioning process includes:
  • the LMF network element sends the NRPPa message and the identifier of the terminal device to the AMF network element.
  • the LMF network element may send a Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer message to the AMF network element, where the Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer message carries the NRPPa message and the identifier of the terminal device, and the NRPPa message is used to request the access network device A to obtain the positioning measurement assistance information P.
  • the positioning measurement assistance information P may include a sounding reference signal (sounding reference signal, SRS) Q and the identity of the access network device B.
  • the access network device B may be at least one access network device, which is not limited herein.
  • the AMF network element sends an NRPPa message to the access network device A.
  • the AMF network element sends the NRPPa message to the access network device A, including: the AMF network element determines the access network device A that provides services for the terminal device according to the identification of the terminal device; the AMF network element sends the access network device A to the access network device A. Send NRPPa messages.
  • the AMF network element may send a downlink UE associated NRPPa transport (downlink UE associated NRPPa transport) message to the access network device, and the downlink UE associated NRPPa transport message carries the NRPPa message.
  • a downlink UE associated NRPPa transport downlink UE associated NRPPa transport
  • the access network device A sends an NRPPa message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the positioning measurement assistance information P according to the NRPPa message.
  • the terminal device sends the positioning measurement assistance information P to the access network device A.
  • the access network device A sends the positioning measurement assistance information P to the AMF network element.
  • the access network device A sends the positioning measurement assistance information P to the AMF network element, including: the access network device A sends an uplink UE-related NRPPa transport message (uplink UE associated NRPPa transport) to the AMF network element, and the uplink UE-related NRPPa transport message
  • the NRPPa transmission message carries the NRPPa message
  • the NRPPa message carries the positioning measurement assistance information P.
  • the AMF network element sends the positioning measurement assistance information P to the LMF network element.
  • the sending of the positioning measurement assistance information P by the AMF network element to the LMF network element includes: the AMF network element sending a Namf_communication_N2infonotify message to the LMF network element, where the Namf_communication_N2infonotify message carries an NRPPa message, and the NRPPa message carries the positioning measurement assistance information P.
  • the LMF network element sends the identification of the access network device A, the identification of the access network device B, and the NRPPa message to the AMF network element according to the positioning measurement assistance information P.
  • the LMF network element sends the NRPPa message to the AMF network element according to the positioning measurement assistance information P, including: the LMF network element sends a Namf_communication_nonUEN2messagetransfer message to the AMF network element according to the positioning measurement assistance information P, where the Namf_communication_nonUEN2messagetransfer message carries the access network equipment participating in the positioning measurement and the NRPPa message, the NRPPa message includes the sounding reference signal Q.
  • the access network devices participating in the positioning measurement include access network device A and access network device B.
  • the AMF network element sends NRPPa messages to the access network device A and the access network device B respectively.
  • the AMF network element sends the NRPPa message to the access network device A and the access network device B respectively, including: the AMF network element sends the NRPPa messages to the access network device A and the access network device respectively according to the identifier of the access network device participating in the positioning measurement.
  • the device B sends a downlink non-UE associated NRPPa transport (downlink non-UE associated NRPPa transport) message carrying an NRPPa message, where the NRPPa message includes a sounding reference signal Q.
  • the access network device A sends the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A to the AMF network element
  • the access network device B sends the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B to the AMF network element.
  • the access network device A may determine the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A according to the sounding reference signal Q. . Further, the access network device A sends the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A to the AMF network element, including: the access network device A sends the uplink non-UE associated NRPPa transport to the AMF network element. ) message The uplink non-UE related NRPPa transmission message carries the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A.
  • the access network device B may determine the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B according to the sounding reference signal Q. Further, the access network device B sends the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B to the AMF network element, including: the access network device B sends the uplink non-UE associated NRPPa transport to the AMF network element. ) message The uplink non-UE related NRPPa transmission message carries the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B.
  • the access network device A may first send the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A to the AMF network element; The access network device A may also send the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A to the AMF network element after the access network device B sends the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B to the AMF network element; the access network device The time when A sends the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A to the AMF network element may be the same as the time when the access network device B sends the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B to the AMF network element, which is not limited here.
  • the AMF network element sends the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A and the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B to the LMF network element.
  • the AMF network element may send Namf_communication_nonUEN2infonotify to the LMF network element, where the Namf_communication_nonUEN2infonotify carries the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A and the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B.
  • the LMF network element determines the location information of the terminal device according to the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device A and the positioning measurement data corresponding to the access network device B.
  • the LMF network element may send the location information of the terminal device to the AMF network element.
  • the LMF network element may send a Namf_location_determinelocationresponse message to the AMF network element.
  • the Namf_location_determinelocation response message includes the location information of the terminal device.
  • the AMF network element may send the location information of the terminal equipment to the GMLC network element.
  • the AMF network element may send a Namf_location_providepositioninginfo response message or a location response message to the GMLC network element.
  • the Namf_location_providepositioninginfo response message or the location response message includes the location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment moves across base stations.
  • the effective coverage of a base station usually ranges from several hundred meters to several kilometers.
  • the penetration ability of wireless signals will be attenuated more severely, resulting in a smaller effective coverage of the base station. Therefore, terminal equipment often moves across base stations during communication.
  • the base station is required to assist the LMF network element to complete the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a positioning method to solve the above problem, and the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below.
  • FIG. 5 is an infrastructure of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include a terminal device 50 , an access network device 51 , a mobility management network element 52 , a location management network element 53 and a gateway mobile location center 54 .
  • the terminal device 50 can communicate with the access network device 51
  • the access network device 51 can communicate with the mobility management network element 52
  • the mobility management network element 52 can communicate with the location management network element 53 and the gateway mobile location center 54 .
  • the terminal device 50 may be a chip, or may be a user equipment including a chip. Further, the terminal device 50 is an entity on the user side for receiving a signal, or sending a signal, or receiving a signal and sending a signal. The terminal device 50 is used to provide one or more of a voice service and a data connectivity service to the user. It can be understood that when the terminal device 50 is a chip, the chip may include a processor and an interface. When the terminal device 50 is a user equipment including a chip, the terminal device 50 may be a device that includes a wireless transceiver function and can cooperate with an access network device to provide a communication service for the user.
  • the terminal device 50 may refer to a user equipment (UE), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • an access terminal a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device 50 may also be a drone, an internet of things (IoT) device, a station in WLAN (station, ST), a cellular phone (cellular phone), a smart phone (smart phone), a cordless phone, wireless data Cards, tablet computers, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, laptop computers (laptop computer) ), machine type communication (MTC) terminals, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices (also known as wearable smart devices) , virtual reality (VR) terminal, augmented reality (AR) terminal, wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminal in unmanned driving (self driving), remote medical (remote medical) Wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • IoT internet of things
  • WLAN station in WLAN
  • ST wireless cellular phone
  • smart phone smart phone
  • the terminal device 50 may also be a device to device (device to device, D2D) device, such as an electricity meter, a water meter, and the like.
  • the terminal device 50 may also be a terminal in a 5G system or a terminal in a next-generation communication system, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device 51 may be a chip for communicating with the terminal device 50 , or may be a device including a chip for communicating with the terminal device 50 .
  • the access network device 51 is an entity on the network side for sending a signal, or receiving a signal, or sending a signal and receiving a signal. It can be understood that when the access network device 51 is a chip, the chip may include a processor and an interface.
  • the access network device 51 may be a device deployed in a radio access network (RAN) to provide a wireless communication function for the terminal device 50, for example, it may be a device for transmitting and receiving point (transmission reception point, TRP), base station, various forms of control nodes.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the access network equipment may be various forms of macro base station, micro base station (also called small cell), relay station, access point (AP), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center), etc., can also be the antenna panel of the base station.
  • the control node can connect to multiple base stations, and configure resources for multiple terminals covered by multiple base stations.
  • the names of devices with base station functions may vary.
  • it can be an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or a 5G network (new radio nodeB, gNB), or the access network device 51 may be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a network-side device in a network after 5G, or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network, etc.
  • the specific name of the base station is not limited in this application.
  • the mobility management network element 52 may be a chip or a device including a chip.
  • the mobility management network element 52 is mainly used for the registration, mobility management, and tracking area update procedures of terminal equipment in the mobile network.
  • the mobility management network element 52 terminates non-access stratum (non access stratum, NAS) messages, completes registration management, connection management, and reachability management, assigns a tracking area list (track area list, TA list), and mobility management, etc., And transparently route session management (session management, SM) messages to session management network elements.
  • the mobility management network element 52 may be an AMF network element of the core network.
  • future communications such as 6th generation (6G) communication
  • 6G 6th generation
  • the mobility management network element 52 may still be an AMF network element, or have other names. , which is not limited in this application.
  • the location management network element 53 may be a chip or a device including a chip. Among them, the location management network element 53 is used to provide a corresponding positioning method selected according to positioning accuracy requirements, time delay requirements, etc., and a corresponding communication protocol to complete the interaction of information required for positioning. The location management network element 53 is also used to provide other information required for the positioning service, or a positioning strategy. In 5G communication, the location management network element 53 may be a core network LMF network element. In future communications such as 6th generation (6G) communications, the location management network element 53 may still be an LMF network element, or have other names , which is not limited in this application.
  • 6G 6th generation
  • the gateway mobile location center 54 may be a chip or a device including a chip.
  • the gateway mobile location center 54 may receive a request from an external network function or application to obtain the location of the terminal device, and after verifying that the request is an allowed request, request the location management network element 53 to obtain the location information of the terminal device. And, the acquired location information of the terminal device is provided to an external network function or application.
  • the above network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • the above network elements or functions may be divided into one or more services, and further, services that exist independently of network functions may also appear.
  • an instance of the above-mentioned function, or an instance of a service included in the above-mentioned function, or a service instance existing independently of a network function may be referred to as a service instance.
  • the mobility management network element may be the first mobility management network element. If a scenario of mobility management network element handover is involved, the mobility management network element may be the first mobility management network element or the second mobility management network element.
  • the first mobility management network element is a source mobility management network element
  • the source mobility management network element is a mobility management network element that provides services for the terminal device before switching the terminal device.
  • the second mobility management network element is a target mobility management network element
  • the target mobility management network element is a mobility management network element that provides services for the terminal device after switching the terminal device.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the gateway mobile location center in FIG. 6 is the gateway mobile location center 54 in FIG. 5
  • the mobility management network element in FIG. 6 is the mobility management network element 52 in FIG. 5
  • the location management network element 53 in FIG. 6 , the first access network device or the second access network device in FIG. 6 is the access network device 51 in FIG. 5 .
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • the gateway mobile location center sends a positioning message to a mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the positioning message sent by the gateway mobile location center.
  • the gateway mobile location center sends a positioning message to the mobility management network element, including: the gateway mobile location center sends a Namf_location_providepositioninginforequest message to the mobility management network element.
  • the Namf_location_providepositioninginforequest message includes a positioning message.
  • the positioning message includes positioning accuracy, positioning type, identification of the terminal device, address information of the mobile location center of the gateway, feedback address of the location information of the terminal device, and identification of the mobile location center of the gateway.
  • the address information of the gateway mobile location center may be the IP address of the gateway mobile location center, or may be the IP address and port number of the gateway mobile location center, which is not limited herein.
  • the feedback address of the location information of the terminal device may be the feedback address notified by the GMLC (GMLC notify callback URI).
  • the location message is used to make the mobility management network element request the location management network element to locate the terminal device corresponding to the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the mobility management network element sends the LCS capability and local configuration of the terminal device to the location management network element, and the corresponding location management network element receives the LCS capability and local configuration of the terminal device sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the mobility management network element determines the address information of the location management network element and the identifier of the location management network element by communicating with the network function storage function network element. Repeat.
  • the network function storage function network element is used to provide the service discovery function, the function of maintaining the NF description information of the effective NF network elements in the core network, and the function of maintaining the services supported by the effective NF network elements in the core network.
  • the service discovery function refers to receiving a discovery request message from an NF network element of any core network, and providing the NF network element with the information of the target NF network element for which discovery is requested.
  • the network function storage function network element can be an NRF (network function repository function) network element. It can be understood that in future communication, the network element responsible for the network function registration and discovery functions can still be an NRF network element, or there are other network elements. The name is not limited in this application.
  • the address information of the location management network element may be an internet protocol address (internet protocol address) of the location management network element, or may be the IP address and port number of the location management network element, which is not limited herein.
  • the mobility management network element sends the LCS capability and local configuration of the terminal device to the location management network element, including: the mobility management network element sends a Namf_location_determinelocation request to the location management network element, where the Namf_location_determinelocation request includes the LCS capability and local configuration of the terminal device.
  • the location management network element determines to send the identifier of the terminal device and the second positioning request to the mobility management network element according to the LCS capability and local configuration of the terminal device, and accordingly, the mobility management network element receives the identifier of the terminal device sent by the location management network element and a second positioning request.
  • the second positioning request is used to request to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device. That is, the second positioning request is used to request to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device corresponding to the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the second positioning request is a second LPP message or a second NRPPa message.
  • the second LPP message is used to instruct the terminal device to feed back the positioning measurement data or the position information of the terminal device when the terminal device is located in the first cell
  • the second NRPPa message is used to obtain the first positioning measurement assistance information.
  • the first positioning and measurement assistance information includes the first sounding reference signal and an identifier of a device (eg, a third access network device) in a neighboring cell of the first cell.
  • a device eg, a third access network device
  • the first cell is a cell of the first access network device
  • the third access network device may be at least one access network device, which is not limited herein.
  • the mobility management network element sends a second positioning request to the first access network device according to the identifier of the terminal device, and correspondingly, the first access network device receives the second positioning request sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the mobility management network element sends the second location request to the first access network device according to the identifier of the terminal device, including: the mobility management network element sends the downlink non-access layer to the first access network device according to the identifier of the terminal device.
  • Transport (downlink NAS transport) message the downlink non-access stratum transport message includes the second positioning request.
  • the first access network device sends the second positioning request to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first access network device.
  • the second positioning request sent. If the second positioning request is the second LPP message, the terminal device obtains the positioning measurement data when the terminal device is located in the first cell or the position information of the terminal device according to the second positioning request; if the second positioning request is the second NRPPa message, the terminal device Obtain the first positioning measurement assistance information according to the second positioning request. Next, the terminal device sends a second positioning response to the first access network device.
  • the second positioning response is the positioning measurement data when the terminal device is located in the first cell or the position information of the terminal device; if the second positioning request is the second NRPPa message, the second positioning response is The first positioning measurement auxiliary information.
  • the first access network device sends a second positioning response to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the second positioning response sent by the first access network device.
  • the subsequent steps will follow the existing solution. For details, refer to step 307 in FIG. 3 or steps 407 to 412 in FIG. 4 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the mobility management network element learns that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, the subsequent steps will be performed according to steps 606-609.
  • step 606 may be performed after step 603 and before step 604, or after step 604 and before step 605, which is not limited herein. Further, if step 606 is executed after step 603 and before step 604, steps 604-605 will not be executed subsequently, and the subsequent steps will be executed according to steps 606-609. If step 606 is executed after step 604 and before step 605, when the mobility management network element receives the second positioning response sent by the first access network device, what should the mobility management network element do to the second positioning response specifically, here No restrictions.
  • the mobility management network element learns that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, and sends the first message to the location management network element, and correspondingly, the location management network element receives the first message.
  • the first access network device is an access network device that provides services for the terminal device before switching the terminal device
  • the second access network device is an access network device that provides the terminal device after switching the terminal device. Service access network equipment.
  • the first message is used to notify the location management network element that the location of the terminal device needs to be changed, or, to instruct to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal device, or, to instruct the terminal device to perform the positioning measurement and the terminal device. There is a conflict in switching.
  • the location where the terminal device is located includes at least one of the following: a cell where the terminal device is located, an access network device where the terminal device is located, and a tracking area where the terminal device is located.
  • the first message includes first information, and the first information is used to notify the location management network element that the location of the terminal device has changed, or to instruct to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal device, or to instruct the terminal device to be performed. Positioning measurement conflicts with handover of terminal equipment.
  • the first information may be a newly added cell in the first message, which is not limited herein.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: a user permanent identifier (subscription permanent identifier, SUPI), a permanent equipment identifier (permanent equipment identifier, PEI), a generic public user identifier (generic public subscription identifier, GPSI), The first cause indication information, the first handover state, the identifier of the second cell, the identifier of the second access network device, the tracking area identifier, and the location service correlation identifier (LCS Correlation ID).
  • a user permanent identifier subscription permanent identifier, SUPI
  • a permanent equipment identifier permanent equipment identifier
  • PEI permanent equipment identifier
  • GPSI generic public user identifier
  • the first cause indication information the first handover state, the identifier of the second cell, the identifier of the second access network device, the tracking area identifier, and the location service correlation identifier (LCS Correlation ID).
  • LCS Correlation ID location service correlation identifier
  • the first cause indication information is an Xn handover conflict.
  • the first handover state includes one of the following: a handover preparation stage and a handover execution stage.
  • the location service association identifier may be configured by the first mobility management network element, and the location service association identifier is the current location measurement task between the first mobility management network element and the location management network element for identifying the terminal device to be located. 's identification. Further, the location service association identifier is an identifier used to identify the location service in the first access network device, especially the location service association identifier is unique in the location service performed simultaneously by the first mobility management network element. The location service association identifier is configured by the first mobility management network element. When multiple location service request processes for the UE are in progress with the same LMF, the location service association identifier can be associated with the location response and the location request (The identifier of a location session).
  • Correlation ID is assigned by the AMF and enables association of the location response with the location request when more than one location service request procedure is ongoing for the UE with the same LMF.).
  • the location management network element receives the first message, and suspends the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message.
  • the location management network element suspends the positioning measurement on the terminal device according to the first message, including: the location management network element stops the timer for waiting for the second positioning response.
  • step 606 may or may not be performed, which is not limited herein.
  • the mobility management network element when learning that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, or when receiving the first switching request, the mobility management network element sends a third message to the gateway mobile location center, corresponding Yes, the gateway mobile location center receives the third message sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the third message is used to indicate that the positioning measurement of the terminal device is suspended, or the third message is used to indicate that there is a conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device, or the third message is used to make
  • the gateway mobile location center stops the timer waiting for the location response message, makes the gateway mobile location center send a message for requesting the location service client to delay replying the location information, and causes the gateway mobile location center to enter the state of asynchronously waiting for location information.
  • the location response message includes location information when the terminal device is located in the first cell.
  • the third message is used to make the gateway mobile location center send a message for requesting the location service client to delay replying to the location information, that is, the third message is used to make the gateway mobile location center send a message for requesting the location service client to delay replying that the terminal device is located in The message of the location information of the first cell.
  • the interaction process involved in the location response message is the same as that of the existing solution. For details, reference may be made to step 307 in FIG. 3 or step 412 in FIG. 4 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the third message is used to make the gateway mobile location center enter a state of asynchronously waiting for location information, where the location information is the location information when the terminal device is located in the second cell.
  • the third message is a temporary response message, and the temporary response message includes an identifier of a deferred location response.
  • the mobility management network element learns that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and sends a second message to the location management network element, so that the location management network element sends the first positioning request, and accordingly, the location management network element receives The second message sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the second message is used to notify the location management network element that the location of the terminal device has changed.
  • the second message includes second information.
  • the second information is used to notify the location management network element that the location of the terminal device has changed; or, to cause the location management network element to send a first positioning request; or, to cause the location management network element to send a Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer message.
  • the second information may be newly added cells in the second message, which are not limited herein.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: a user permanent identifier (subscription permanent identifier, SUPI), a permanent equipment identifier (permanent equipment identifier, PEI), a generic public user identifier (generic public subscription identifier, GPSI), the first The second cause indication information, the second handover state, the tracking area identification and the location service association identification (LCS Correlation ID).
  • a user permanent identifier subscription permanent identifier, SUPI
  • a permanent equipment identifier permanent equipment identifier
  • PEI permanent equipment identifier
  • GPSI generic public user identifier
  • the second cause indication information the second handover state
  • the tracking area identification and the location service association identification (LCS Correlation ID).
  • the second cause indication information is that the Xn handover is completed and or the N2 handover is completed.
  • the second handover state includes a handover completion stage.
  • the Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer message may include the first positioning request.
  • the second cause indication information is that the Xn handover is completed.
  • the second cause indication information is that the Xn handover is completed and the N2 handover is completed, or, the N2 handover is completed.
  • the first message and the second message may be carried in the same message or in two different messages.
  • the first positioning request is used to request to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device. It can be understood that the first positioning request is the first LPP message or the first NRPPa message.
  • the first LPP message is used to instruct the terminal device to feed back the positioning measurement data or the location information of the terminal device when the terminal device is located in the second cell
  • the first NRPPa message is used to obtain the second positioning measurement assistance information.
  • the second positioning measurement assistance information includes the second sounding reference signal and the identifier of the device (for example, the fourth access network device) in the neighboring cell of the second cell.
  • the second cell is a cell of the second access network device, and the fourth access network device may be at least one access network device, which is not limited herein.
  • the method before the location management network element receives the second message sent by the mobility management network element, the method includes: when the timer for waiting for the second positioning response is stopped, the location management network element starts the timer for waiting for the second message. .
  • the location management network element receiving the second message sent by the mobility management network element includes: when the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, the location management network element receives the second message sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the location management network element sends a first positioning request to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the first positioning request sent by the location management network element.
  • the location management network element sends the first positioning request to the mobility management network element, including: before the timer for waiting for the second message expires, if the second message is received, the location management network element sends the mobile phone to the mobility management network element according to the second message.
  • the management network element sends the first positioning request.
  • the location management network element sends a positioning failure message to the mobility management network element.
  • the mobility management network element sends the first positioning request to the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device receives the first positioning request sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the second access network device after the second access network device receives the first positioning request sent by the mobility management network element, the second access network device sends the first positioning request to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second access network device The first positioning request sent. If the first positioning request is the first LPP message, the terminal device obtains the positioning measurement data or the position information of the terminal device when the terminal device is located in the second cell according to the first positioning request; if the first positioning request is the first NRPPa message, the terminal device Obtain the first positioning measurement assistance information according to the first positioning request. Next, the terminal device sends a first positioning response to the second access network device.
  • the first positioning response is the positioning measurement data when the terminal device is located in the second cell or the position information of the terminal device; if the first positioning request is the first NRPPa message, the first positioning response is The first positioning measurement auxiliary information.
  • the second access network device sends the first positioning response to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the first positioning response sent by the second access network device. Further, the mobility management network element sends the first positioning response to the location management network element, and correspondingly, the location management network element receives the first positioning response sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the location management network element determines the terminal equipment when the terminal equipment is located in the second cell according to the positioning measurement data when the terminal equipment is located in the second cell. Location information of the device. Further, the location management network element sends the location information of the terminal equipment located in the second cell to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the location information of the terminal equipment located in the second cell sent by the location management network element. . Next, the mobility management network element sends the location information of the terminal equipment in the second cell to the gateway mobile location center, and correspondingly, the gateway mobile location center receives the location information of the terminal equipment in the second cell sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the first positioning response is the first positioning measurement assistance information
  • the subsequent steps are the same as in the existing solution. For details, refer to steps 408-412 in FIG. 4 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the first message is sent to the location management network element, so that the suspension of the terminal device is realized.
  • the positioning measurement is used to avoid the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment conflicts with the handover of the terminal equipment. Further, by sending the second message to the location management network element when it is learned that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, it is possible to continue to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device when the handover is completed.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the gateway mobile location center in FIG. 7 is the gateway mobile location center 54 in FIG. 5 , the second access network device in FIG.
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Steps 701 to 703 are similar to steps 601 to 603 in FIG. 6 .
  • steps 601 to 603 in FIG. 6 which will not be repeated here.
  • steps 701-703 when referring to steps 601-603, the mobility management network element involved in steps 601-603 is the first mobility management network element in steps 701-703.
  • the first mobility management network element sends a second positioning request to the first access network device according to the identifier of the terminal device, and correspondingly, the first access network device receives the sent by the first mobility management network element. the second positioning request.
  • the first access network device sends a second positioning response to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobility management network element receives the second positioning response sent by the first access network device.
  • the second positioning response reference may be made to the relevant description of step 604 in FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the second access network device sends a path switching request to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobility management network element receives the path switching request sent by the second access network device.
  • the first mobility management network element learns, according to the path switching request, that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the path switch request (path switch request) includes the identifier of the terminal device. Further, the path switching request is used to indicate that the device providing services for the terminal device corresponding to the identifier of the terminal device is the second access network device.
  • step 703 may be executed first, and then step 704 may be executed; or step 703 may be executed first, and then step 704 may be executed; The execution of step 703 and step 704 is not limited here.
  • the first mobility management network element sends a path switch response (path switch request ack) to the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device receives the path switch response sent by the first mobility management network element.
  • path switch request ack path switch response
  • the path switching response is used to instruct the second access network device to perform Xn switching.
  • the Xn handover may refer to an access network device that switches over a communication interface between two access network devices to provide services for the terminal device.
  • the first mobility management network element learns according to the path switching request that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, and sends a first message to the location management network element.
  • the location management network receives the first message.
  • Step 705 may be executed first, and then step 706 may be executed; or step 706 may be executed first, and then step 705 may be executed; Steps 705 and 706 are performed.
  • the first mobility management network element learns that there is a conflict between positioning and handover according to receiving the second positioning request and the path switching request, the positioning measurement of the terminal device cannot be completed, so the first mobility management network element sends the first mobility management network element to the location management network element. a message.
  • the first message reference may be made to the description of the first message in step 606 in FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • step 706 is similar to step 606, and reference may be made to step 606 for the related description, which will not be repeated here. It should be noted that, for step 706, when referring to step 606, the mobility management network element involved in step 606 is the first mobility management network element in step 706.
  • the first mobility management network element learns that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device according to the handover notification, and sends a second message to the location management network element, so that the location management network element sends the first positioning request, and accordingly, The location management network element receives the second message sent by the mobility management network element.
  • step 707 is similar to step 607, and reference may be made to step 607 for the related description, which will not be repeated here. It should be noted that, for step 707, when referring to step 607, the mobility management network element involved in step 607 is the first mobility management network element in step 707.
  • the first mobility management network element may learn that the terminal device has been handed over to the second access network device by receiving a handover notification sent from the second access network device.
  • the handover notification is used to indicate that the terminal device has been handed over to the second access network device.
  • Steps 708 to 709 are similar to steps 608 to 609 in FIG. 6 .
  • steps 608 to 609 in FIG. 6 which will not be repeated here.
  • steps 708-709 when referring to steps 608-609, the mobility management network element involved in steps 608-609 is the first mobility management network element in steps 708-709.
  • the first message is sent to the location management network element.
  • the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is started, so as to avoid the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment conflicts with the handover of the terminal equipment.
  • sending the second message to the location management network element when it is learned that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, it is possible to continue to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device when the handover is completed.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device in FIG. 8 is the terminal device 50 in FIG. 5
  • the first access network device and the second access network device in FIG. 8 may be the access network device 51 in FIG. 5
  • the management network element and the second mobility management network element are the mobility management network element 52 in FIG. 5
  • the location management network element in FIG. 8 is the location management network element 53 in FIG. 5 .
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Steps 801 to 803 are similar to steps 701 to 703 in FIG. 7 .
  • steps 701 to 703 in FIG. 7 For related descriptions, reference may be made to steps 701 to 703 in FIG. 7 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the first access network device sends a first handover request to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobility management network element receives the first handover request sent by the first access network device.
  • the first handover request (handover required) includes the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device is an adjacent access network device with the highest signal quality after the first access network device performs signal measurement.
  • the first mobility management network element can determine whether to connect with the second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device, if not, perform steps 805-815; if so, the first mobility management network According to the first handover request, the element learns that the terminal device needs to be handed over from the first access network device to the second access network device, and sends the first message to the location management network element. For subsequent steps, refer to steps 707-709 in FIG. 7 . This will not be repeated.
  • step 803 may be executed first, and then step 804 may be executed; or step 803 may be executed first, and then step 804 may be executed; The execution of step 803 and step 804 is not limited here.
  • the first mobility management network element selects a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the first mobility management network element sends the first positioning context to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the positioning first context sent by the first mobility management network element.
  • the positioning first context is determined after the first mobility management network element receives the positioning message from the gateway mobile location center, and the positioning first context is used to enable the second mobility management network element to send the first message to the location management network element.
  • the positioning message reference may be made to the description of the positioning message in step 601 of FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the positioning first context includes at least one of the following: a location service correlation ID (LCS correlation ID), a location service routing ID (LCS routing ID), address information of a location management network element, an identifier of a location management network element, a gateway mobile location Address information of the center, feedback address of the location information of the terminal device, N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, location location client type, location location type, location location location service priority, location location service
  • a location service correlation ID (LCS correlation ID)
  • LCS routing ID location information of a location management network element
  • address information of a location management network element an identifier of a location management network element
  • a gateway mobile location Address information of the center feedback address of the location information of the terminal device
  • N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier N2 interface message notification subscription identifier
  • location location client type location location type
  • location location service priority location location service
  • location service priority location location service
  • the positioning first context may include the location service association identifier, the location service routing identifier, the address information of the location management network element, the identifier of the location management network element, the address information of the gateway mobile location center, and the feedback of the location information of the terminal device.
  • address N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription ID, N2 interface message notification subscription ID, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority, location location service quality, and supported physical location area description shape one of or any combination, which is not limited here.
  • N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier N2 interface message notification subscription identifier
  • location location client type location location type
  • location location service priority location location service quality and supported physical location area description shape
  • location location service quality and supported physical location area description shape are all in the standard as defined in 29.518.
  • the role of the N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifiers is defined in section 6.1.6.2.13 of the protocol
  • the role of the N2 interface message notification subscription identifier is defined in chapter 6.1.6.2.11 of the protocol.
  • the role of the location location client type, location location type, location location location service priority, location location service quality and supported physical location area description shape is defined in chapter 6.4.6.3.3 of the protocol, which will not be repeated here.
  • the location service routing identifier may be configured by the first mobility management network element.
  • the location service routing identifier is an identifier used between the first mobility management network element and the first access network device to identify the current location measurement task of the located terminal device.
  • the location service routing identifier is used to identify the LMF in the 5G core network (This IE is used to identify an LMF within the 5GC).
  • the address information of the location management network element reference may be made to the address information of the location management network element in step 602 in FIG. 6 , and details are not described here.
  • the address information of the mobile location center of the gateway reference may be made to the address information of the mobile location center of the gateway in step 601 in FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the first mobility management network element sending the positioning first context to the second mobility management network element includes: the first mobility management network element sending a first forward relocation request (forward relocation request) to the second mobility management network element, the first A forward translation request includes locating the first context.
  • the second mobility management network element sends a first message to the location management network element according to the positioning first context.
  • the positioning of the first context may further include a location service suspension identifier, where the location service suspension identifier is used to indicate that the first mobility management network element does not send the first message to the location management network element.
  • the second mobility management network element sends the first message to the location management network element according to the positioning first context, including: the second mobility management network element sends the first message to the location management network element according to the location service suspension identifier . Further, the second mobility management network element may send the first message to the location management network element according to the location service suspension identifier and the address information of the location management network element.
  • step 807 may or may not be performed, which is not limited herein.
  • step 807 may be replaced by the first mobility management network element sending the first message to the location management network element. If the first mobility management network element has sent the first message to the location management network element, the second mobility management network element may not send the first message to the location management network element.
  • the second mobility management network element sends a second message to the location management network element, including: the second mobility management network element sends a message to the location management network element according to the positioning first context.
  • the element sends the second message.
  • the second mobility management network element sends the first message to the location management network element according to the positioning first context, in this case, the first message includes the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier.
  • the second mobility management network element sends the handover request 1 to the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device receives the handover request 1 sent by the second mobility management network element.
  • the handover request 1 is used to request the second access network device to allocate resources to the terminal device.
  • the second access network device when the second access network device receives the handover request 1 sent by the second mobility management network element, the second access network device allocates resources to the terminal device according to the handover request 1.
  • the second access network device sends the handover response 1 to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the handover response 1 sent by the second access network device.
  • the handover response 1 is used to indicate that the resource allocation is completed.
  • the second mobility management network element sends a first forward conversion response to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobility management network element receives the first forward conversion response sent by the second mobility management network element.
  • the first forward conversion response is used to indicate that the mobility management network element providing the service for the terminal device has been switched to the second mobility management network element.
  • the first mobility management network element sends a first handover response (handover request ack) to the first access network device, and correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first handover response sent by the first mobility management network element.
  • first handover response handover request ack
  • the first handover response is used to cause the first access network device to perform handover.
  • the first access network device sends a handover request 2 to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the handover request 2 sent by the first access network device.
  • the handover request 2 is used to notify the terminal device that it needs to be handed over to the second access network device.
  • the terminal device After receiving the handover request 2 sent by the first access network device, the terminal device performs handover according to the handover request 2 . After the handover is completed, the terminal device sends a handover notification to the second access network device.
  • the handover notification is used to indicate that the terminal device has been handed over to the second access network device.
  • the interaction process (such as steps 812 and 813 ) between the terminal device and the access network device (including the first access network device and the second network access device) may use RRC signaling Implementation is not limited here.
  • the terminal device sends a handover notification to the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device receives the handover notification sent by the terminal device.
  • the second access network device sends a handover notification to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the handover notification sent by the second access network device.
  • the second mobility management network element learns according to the handover notification that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and sends a second message to the location management network element, so that the location management network element sends the first positioning request, and accordingly, The location management network element receives the second message sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the second mobility management network element learns that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device according to the handover notification, and sends a second message to the location management network element, including: the second mobility management network element knows the terminal device according to the handover notification. After switching to the second access network device, and the terminal device has been switched to the second mobility management network element, the second message is sent to the location management network element.
  • step 810 may be executed first, and then step 815 may be executed; or step 810 may be executed first, and then step 815 may be executed. 815; step 810 and step 815 may also be performed simultaneously, which is not limited here.
  • the method before the location management network element receives the second message sent by the second mobility management network element, the method includes: when the timer for waiting for the second positioning response is stopped, the location management network element starts waiting for the second message. timer.
  • the location management network element receiving the second message sent by the second mobility management network element includes: when the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, the location management network element receives the message sent by the second mobility management network element. Second message.
  • the location management network element sends the first positioning request to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the first positioning request sent by the location management network element.
  • the location management network element sends the first positioning request to the second mobility management network element, including: before the timer for waiting for the second message expires, if the second message is received, the location management network element according to the second message. Send the first positioning request to the second mobility management network element.
  • the location management network element sends a positioning failure message to the second mobility management network element.
  • the second mobility management network element sends the first positioning request to the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device receives the first positioning request sent by the second mobility management network element.
  • step 817 is similar to step 609 in FIG. 6 , for related description, reference may be made to step 609 in FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here. It should be noted that, for step 817, when referring to step 609, the mobility management network element involved in step 609 is the second mobility management network element in step 817.
  • the second positioning network element by receiving the second positioning request and the first handover request, it is determined that there is a conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device.
  • the first mobility management network element is not connected to the second access network device
  • the second mobility management network element is selected and the positioning context is transmitted to the second mobility management network element, so as to provide the following information based on the positioning context.
  • Prepare to send the first message At the same time, by sending the first message to the location management network element, the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is suspended, thereby avoiding the failure of the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment conflicts with the handover of the terminal equipment. question.
  • the second message is sent to the location management network element, so as to continue the positioning measurement of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the second mobility management network element sends the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element, so that the location management network element knows that the second mobility management network element is The legal network element or the terminal device serving the terminal device has been switched from the first mobility management network element to the second mobility management network element.
  • the second mobility management network element sending the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element includes: the second mobility management network element sends the location to the location management network element according to the address information of the location management network element. Service Association ID and Location Services Routing ID.
  • sending the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element by the second mobility management network element includes: the second mobility management network element sends Nlmf_location_updatelocation to the location management network element according to the address information of the location management network element. request, the Nlmf_location_updatelocation request includes the location service association identifier and the location service route identifier.
  • location service association identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service association identifier in step 806 in FIG. 8 , and details are not repeated here.
  • location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in step 806 in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • Nlmf_location is a service provided by the location management network element, and the location management network element in the 5G core network can use Nlmf_location to interact with the mobility management network element.
  • the location management network element After the location management network element receives the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier, the location management network element sends an Nlmf_location_updatelocation response to the second mobility management network element.
  • the second mobility management network element receives the Nlmf_location_updatelocation response sent by the location management network element, and according to the Nlmf_location_updatelocation response, the second mobility management network element can determine that the location management network element has confirmed and accepts that the second mobility management network element is a terminal device. The legal network element or terminal equipment providing the service has been switched from the first mobility management network element to the second mobility management network element.
  • the location management network element when the mobility management network element changes, the location management network element can learn that the new mobility management network element is a legal network element, so as to avoid the situation that the location management network element does not process the information from the new mobility management network element. information problems. At the same time, it is also realized that the location management network element instantly knows that the mobile network element that provides services for the terminal device has changed.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device in FIG. 9 is the terminal device 50 in FIG. 5
  • the first access network device and the second access network device in FIG. 9 may be the access network device 51 in FIG. 5 .
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Steps 901-902 are similar to steps 601-602 in FIG. 6 , for related descriptions, reference may be made to steps 601-602 in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location management network element determines to send the identification and positioning instruction of the terminal device to the mobility management network element according to the LCS capability and local configuration of the terminal device.
  • the mobility management network element receives the identification and positioning of the terminal device sent by the location management network element. instruction.
  • the positioning instruction is first sent by the location management network element to the first access network device.
  • the positioning instruction is used to obtain positioning measurement assistance information. It can be understood that the positioning instruction may be an NRPPa message.
  • the positioning instruction is the same as the second positioning request. At this time, the positioning instruction is used for the terminal device to obtain the second positioning and measurement assistance information. For the second positioning and measurement assistance information, reference may be made to the description of the second positioning and measurement assistance information in step 603 in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the positioning instruction is the same as the first positioning request. At this time, the positioning instruction is used to make the terminal device obtain the first positioning measurement assistance information. For the first positioning measurement assistance information, reference may be made to the description of the first positioning measurement assistance information in step 602 in FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the mobility management network element sends a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier to the first access network device according to the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the access network device receives the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier sent by the mobility management network element.
  • the mobility management network element sends a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier to the first access network device according to the identifier of the terminal device, including: the first mobility management network element sends a downlink N2 transmission (downlink N2 transport) to the first access network device. ) message, the downlink N2 transmission message includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier.
  • the first access network device after the first access network device receives the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier sent by the mobility management network element, the first access network device sends the positioning instruction to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first access network The positioning command sent by the device.
  • the terminal device acquires the second positioning measurement assistance information according to the positioning instruction.
  • the terminal device sends a second positioning response to the first access network device, where the second positioning response is second positioning measurement assistance information.
  • the first access network device sends a second positioning response to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the second positioning response sent by the first access network device.
  • the terminal device does not need to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, that is, when there is no conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device, the subsequent steps will follow the existing solution. For details, refer to steps 407-412 in FIG. 4 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, the subsequent steps will be performed according to steps 906-908.
  • step 906 may be performed after step 903 and before step 904, or after step 904 and before step 905, which is not limited herein. Further, if step 906 is executed after step 903 and before step 904, steps 904-905 will not be executed subsequently, and the subsequent steps will be executed according to steps 906-908. If step 906 is executed after step 904 and before step 905, when the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, what should the mobility management network element do to the second positioning response? This does not limit.
  • the second access network device receives a second handover request, where the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier.
  • location service routing identifier For the location service routing identifier, reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in step 806 in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the second access network device receiving the second handover request includes: the second access network device receiving the second handover request sent by the first access network device or the first mobility management network element or the second mobility management network element. ask.
  • the first access network device after learning that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, the first access network device sends a second handover request to the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device sends a second handover request.
  • the network access device receives the second handover request sent by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device sends a second handover request to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobile The management network element receives the second handover request sent by the first access network device.
  • the first mobility management network element sends a second handover request to the second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device receives the second handover request sent by the first mobility management network element. switch request.
  • the first access network device sends a second handover request to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobile The management network element receives the second handover request sent by the first access network device.
  • the first mobility management network element selects the second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the first mobility management network element sends the identifier of the second access network device, the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the sent by the first mobility management network element.
  • the identifier of the second access network device, the location instruction and the location service routing identifier are examples of the second access network device.
  • the second mobility management network element sends a second handover request to the second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device receives the second handover request sent by the second mobility management network element. switch request.
  • the second access network device learns that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and obtains the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier.
  • the second access network device knows that the terminal device has been handed over to the second access network device, and the terminal device is within the beam coverage of the second cell or the second access network device. Then, the positioning measurement corresponding to the terminal device
  • the auxiliary information is the second positioning measurement auxiliary information.
  • the second access device may obtain the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device by performing signaling interaction with the terminal device, and the specific signaling interaction manner is not limited in this application.
  • the second access network device sends the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device sent by the second access network device.
  • step 908 the subsequent steps are the same as in the existing solution. For details, reference may be made to steps 408-412 in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device when it needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, it receives a second handover request, where the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier , so that it is determined that there is a conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device. Further, when it is known that the handover is completed, according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier, the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is obtained, so as to prepare for the subsequent continuous positioning measurement of the terminal device. At the same time, the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is conflicted with the handover of the terminal equipment is also avoided.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device in FIG. 10 may be the access network device 51 in FIG. 5
  • the first mobility management network element in FIG. 10 is the mobility management network element 52 in FIG. 5
  • the location management network element in FIG. 10 is the location management network element 53 in FIG. 5 .
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Steps 1001 to 1004 are similar to steps 901 to 904 in FIG. 9 .
  • steps 1001-1004 when referring to steps 901-904, the mobility management network element involved in steps 901-904 is the first mobility management network element in steps 1001-1004.
  • the first access network device sends a second positioning response to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the second positioning response sent by the first access network device.
  • the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, what the mobility management network element specifically does to the second positioning response is not limited here.
  • the first access network device sends a second handover request to the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device The device receives the second handover request sent by the first access network device.
  • the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier.
  • the positioning instruction reference may be made to the description of the positioning instruction in step 903 in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in step 906 in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1004 may be executed first, and then step 1005 may be executed; or step 1004 may be executed first, and then step 1005 may be executed; The execution of steps 1004 and 1005 is not limited here.
  • the second access network device sends a second handover response (handover request ack) to the first access network device, and correspondingly, the first access network device receives the second handover response sent by the second access network device.
  • handover request ack a second handover response
  • the second handover response is used to instruct the first access network device to perform handover.
  • the second access network device learns that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and acquires the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier.
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal equipment For the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal equipment, reference may be made to the description of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal equipment in step 907 in FIG. 9 , and details are not repeated here.
  • Step 1006 may be executed first, and then step 1007 may be executed; or step 1006 may be executed first, and then step 1007 may be executed; The execution of steps 1006 and 1007 is not limited here.
  • the second access network device sends the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobility management network element receives the positioning measurement assistance corresponding to the terminal device sent by the second access network device information.
  • the positioning and measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is the first positioning and measurement assistance information.
  • first positioning and measurement assistance information reference may be made to the description of the first positioning and measurement assistance information in step 602 in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • step 1008 for the subsequent steps, reference may be made to steps 407 to 412 in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second handover request includes the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier, so as to determine the location measurement of the terminal device and the Make a handover conflict. Further, when it is known that the handover is completed, according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier, the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is obtained, so as to prepare for the subsequent continuous positioning measurement of the terminal device. At the same time, the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is conflicted with the handover of the terminal equipment is also avoided.
  • the method further includes: the second access network device sends a path switching request to the first mobility management network element.
  • the path switching request reference may be made to the description of the path switching request in step 704 in FIG. 7 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the method further includes: the first mobility management network element sends a path switching response to the second access network device, and correspondingly, the second access network device receives the message sent by the first mobility management network element.
  • Path switching response For the path switching response, reference may be made to the description of the path switching response in step 705 in FIG. 7 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the device that notifies the first mobility management network element to provide services for the terminal device has become the second access network device.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device in FIG. 11 may be the access network device 51 in FIG. 5
  • the first mobility management network element in FIG. 11 is the mobility management network element 52 in FIG. 5
  • the location management network element in FIG. 11 is the location management network element 53 in FIG. 5 .
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Steps 1101-1104 are similar to steps 901-904 in FIG. 9 , for related descriptions, reference may be made to steps 901-904 in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • steps 1101-1104 when referring to steps 901-904, the mobility management network element involved in steps 901-904 is the first mobility management network element in steps 1101-1104.
  • the first access network device sends a second positioning response to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the second positioning response sent by the first access network device.
  • the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, what the mobility management network element specifically does to the second positioning response is not limited here.
  • the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, and the first access network device sends a second handover request to the first mobility management network element.
  • the first mobility management network The element receives the second handover request sent by the first access network device.
  • the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier.
  • the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier may be newly added cells in the second handover request, or may be a source to target transmission container (source to target) of the second handover request.
  • the newly added sub-cell in the target transport container) cell which is not limited here.
  • the positioning instruction reference may be made to the description of the positioning instruction in step 903 in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in step 906 in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • step 1104 may be executed first, and then step 1105 may be executed; or step 1104 may be executed first, and then step 1105 may be executed; The execution of steps 1104 and 1105 is not limited here.
  • the second handover request may further include the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device is an adjacent access network device with the highest signal quality after the first access network device performs signal measurement.
  • the first mobility management network element sends a second handover request to the second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the second handover request sent by the first mobility management network element. switch request.
  • the first mobility management network element sends a second handover request to the second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device, where the second handover request is used to request the second access network device to assign the terminal device resource.
  • the second access network device when the second access network device receives the second handover request sent by the first mobility management network element, the second access network device allocates resources to the terminal device according to the second handover request.
  • the second access network device sends a second handover response to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobility management network element receives the second handover response sent by the second access network device.
  • the second handover response is used to indicate that the resource allocation is completed.
  • the first mobility management network element sends the handover request 3 to the first access network device, and correspondingly, the first access network device receives the handover request 3 sent by the first mobility management network element.
  • the handover requirement 3 is used to make the first access network device perform handover.
  • the handover request 3 is used to notify the terminal device that it needs to be handed over to the second access network device.
  • the terminal device After receiving the handover request 3 sent by the first access network device, the terminal device performs handover according to the handover request 3 . After the handover is completed, the terminal device sends a handover notification to the second access network device.
  • the handover notification is used to indicate that the terminal device has been handed over to the second access network device.
  • the first access network device sends the handover request 3 to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the handover request 3 sent by the first access network device.
  • step 814 in FIG. 8 Similar to step 814 in FIG. 8 , reference may be made to step 814 in FIG. 8 for related description, and details are not repeated here.
  • the second access network device learns that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device according to the handover notification, and obtains the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier.
  • the positioning and measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is the first positioning and measurement assistance information.
  • first positioning and measurement assistance information reference may be made to the description of the first positioning and measurement assistance information in step 602 in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the second access network device sends the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobility management network element receives the positioning measurement assistance corresponding to the terminal device sent by the second access network device information.
  • step 1112 the subsequent steps are the same as in the existing solution. For details, reference may be made to steps 408-412 in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier, thereby determining a conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device. Further, by learning that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier, the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is obtained, so as to prepare for the subsequent positioning measurement of the terminal device. At the same time, the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is conflicted with the handover of the terminal equipment is also avoided.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device in FIG. 12 may be the access network device 51 in FIG. 5
  • the first mobility management network element and the second mobility management network element in FIG. 12 are those in FIG. 5 .
  • the method includes but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Steps 1201 to 1205 are similar to steps 1101 to 1105 in FIG. 11 .
  • steps 1101 to 1105 in FIG. 11 For related descriptions, reference may be made to steps 1101 to 1105 in FIG. 11 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the first access network device sends a second positioning response to the mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the mobility management network element receives the second positioning response sent by the first access network device.
  • the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, what the mobility management network element specifically does to the second positioning response is not limited here.
  • the first mobility management network element can determine whether to connect with the second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device, and if not, execute steps 1206-1215; if so, refer to FIG. 11 . Steps 1106-1112 are not repeated here.
  • the first mobility management network element selects a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the first mobility management network element sends the identifier of the second access network device, the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the sent by the first mobility management network element.
  • the identifier of the second access network device, the location instruction and the location service routing identifier is a registered trademark of the second access network element.
  • the first mobility management network element may also send the second positioning context to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the positioning second context sent by the first mobility management network element.
  • the second positioning context is determined after the first mobility management network element receives the positioning message from the gateway mobile location center, and the second positioning context is used to enable the second mobility management network element to send a positioning instruction and a positioning instruction to the second access network device.
  • Location service routing ID Regarding the positioning message, reference may be made to the description of the positioning message in step 601 of FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the positioning second context includes at least one of the following: location service association identifier, address information of location management network element, identifier of location management network element, address information of gateway mobile location center, feedback address of location information of terminal equipment, N1 Interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority, location location service quality, and supported physical location area description shapes.
  • the positioning second context may include the location service association identifier, the address information of the location management network element, the identifier of the location management network element, the address information of the gateway mobile location center, the feedback address of the location information of the terminal device, the N1 interface and One or any combination of N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority, location location service quality, and supported physical location area description shapes, There is no restriction here.
  • location service association identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service association identifier in step 806 in FIG. 8 , and details are not repeated here.
  • location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in step 806 in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • address information of the location management network element reference may be made to the address information of the location management network element in step 602 in FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • address information of the gateway mobile location center reference may be made to the address information of the gateway mobile location center in step 602 in FIG. 6 , and details are not repeated here.
  • N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription ID For the N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription ID, N2 interface message notification subscription ID, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority, location location service quality and supported physical location area description shape, please refer to the figure. 8 In step 806, the N1 interface and N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, N2 interface message notification subscription identifier, location location client type, location location type, location location service priority, location location service quality and supported physical location area description shape The description will not be repeated here.
  • the positioning second context does not include the location service suspension identifier.
  • the first mobility management network element may send a second forward relocation request (forward relocation request) to the second mobility management network element, where the second forward relocation request includes positioning the second context, the location service routing identifier, and the positioning instruction. and the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the location service routing identifier and the location instruction are newly added information elements in the second forward conversion request, or may be in the source to target transport container (source to target transport container) information element in the second forward conversion request. Adding subcells is not limited here.
  • the second mobility management network element sends a second handover request to the second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device.
  • the second access network device receives the second handover request sent by the second mobility management network element. switch request.
  • the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier.
  • the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier may be newly added cells in the second handover request, or may be a source to target transmission container (source to target) of the second handover request.
  • the newly added sub-cell in the target transport container) cell which is not limited here.
  • the second mobility management network element sends a second handover request to the second access network device according to the identifier of the second access network device, where the second handover request is used to request the second access network device to assign the terminal device resource.
  • the second access network device when the second access network device receives the second handover request sent by the second mobility management network element, the second access network device allocates resources to the terminal device according to the second handover request.
  • the second access network device sends a second handover response to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the second handover response sent by the second access network device.
  • the second handover response is used to indicate that the resource allocation is completed.
  • the second mobility management sends a second forward conversion response to the first mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the first mobility management network element receives the first forward conversion response sent by the second mobility management network element.
  • the second forward conversion response is used to indicate that the mobility management network element providing the service for the terminal device has been switched to the second mobility management network element.
  • steps 811 to 813 are similar to steps 811 to 813 in FIG. 8 .
  • steps 811 to 813 in FIG. 8 are similar to steps 811 to 813 in FIG. 8 .
  • the second access network device sends a handover notification to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the handover notification sent by the second access network device.
  • the handover notification is used to indicate that the terminal device has been handed over to the second access network device.
  • the second access network device learns, according to the handover notification, that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and obtains positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier.
  • the positioning and measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is the first positioning and measurement assistance information.
  • first positioning and measurement assistance information reference may be made to the description of the first positioning and measurement assistance information in step 602 in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • step 1210 may be executed first, and then step 1214 may be executed; or step 1210 may be executed first, and then step 1214 may be executed. 1214; step 1210 and step 1214 may also be performed simultaneously, which is not limited here.
  • the second mobility management network element sends the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element, so that the location management network element knows that the second mobility management network element is for The legal network element or the terminal device to which the terminal device provides services has been switched from the first mobility management network element to the second mobility management network element.
  • the second mobility management network element sending the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element includes: the second mobility management network element sends the location to the location management network element according to the address information of the location management network element. Service Association ID and Location Services Routing ID.
  • sending the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element by the second mobility management network element includes: the second mobility management network element sends Nlmf_location_updatelocation to the location management network element according to the address information of the location management network element. request, the Nlmf_location_updatelocation request includes the location service association identifier and the location service route identifier.
  • location service association identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service association identifier in step 806 in FIG. 8 , and details are not repeated here.
  • location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in step 806 in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the second access network device sends the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device to the second mobility management network element, and correspondingly, the second mobility management network element receives the positioning measurement assistance corresponding to the terminal device sent by the second access network device information.
  • step 1215 the subsequent steps are the same as in the existing solution. For details, reference may be made to steps 408-412 in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • a conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device can be determined. Further, when it is known that the handover is completed, according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier, the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is obtained, so as to prepare for the subsequent continuous positioning measurement of the terminal device. At the same time, the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when there is a conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment and the handover of the terminal equipment is also avoided.
  • the first mobility management network element learns that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, Then, after learning that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, a second positioning request is sent to the second access network device.
  • the first mobility management network element learns that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned FIGS. 6-8 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the first mobility management network element learns that the terminal device has been handed over to the second access network device reference may be made to the above-mentioned related descriptions in FIGS. 6-8 , and details are not repeated here.
  • each network element in the above-mentioned implementation includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the mobility management network element, the location management network element, the first access network device, the second access network device, or other network devices may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each function may be divided accordingly.
  • Each functional module can also integrate two or more functions into one processing module, and the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1300 can be applied to the methods shown in FIGS. 6 to 8 .
  • the communication device 1300 includes a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302 .
  • the processing module 1301 may be one or more processors, and the transceiver module 1302 may be a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the mobility management network element, the location management network element, the first access network device or the second access network device involved in any of the above method embodiments, or to implement any of the above method embodiments. The function of the network element.
  • the communication apparatus may be an AMF network element or an LMF network element in the core network, or may also be a first access network device or a second access network device.
  • the network element or network function can be either a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • the communication apparatus 1300 may further include a storage module 1303 for storing program codes and data of the communication apparatus 1300 .
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to support communication with the location management network element, the first access network device, the second access network device or the gateway mobile location center, etc. Sending and or receiving actions performed, eg, to enable a mobility management network element to perform one or more of steps 602, 705, and 806, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1301 may be configured to support the communication device 1300 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, eg, to support the mobility management network element to perform step 805, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1301 is configured to know that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device; to know that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device;
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to send a first message to the location management network element, where the first message is used to instruct to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal device; send a second message to the location management network element, so that the location management network element sends the first message A positioning request, where the first positioning request is used to request positioning measurement for the terminal device.
  • the first message is sent to the location management network element, so that the suspension of the terminal device is realized.
  • the positioning measurement is used to avoid the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment conflicts with the handover of the terminal equipment. Further, by sending the second message to the location management network element when it is learned that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, it is possible to continue to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device when the handover is completed.
  • the mobility management network element is the first mobility management network element, before sending the first message to the location management network element,
  • the transceiver module 1302 is further configured to receive a second positioning request, where the second positioning request is used to request to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device; and receive the first handover request.
  • the transceiver module 1302 when receiving the first handover request, is configured to receive the first handover request sent by the first access network device; or, receive the path switch sent by the second access network device ask.
  • the first handover request includes the identifier of the second access network device
  • the processing module 1301 is further configured to select a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device, wherein the first mobility management network element is the source mobility management network element, and the second mobility management network element is the target mobility management network element Yuan;
  • the transceiver module 1302 is further configured to send the first positioning context to the second mobility management network element, where the first positioning context is determined after the first mobility management network element receives the positioning message from the gateway mobile location center.
  • a new mobility management network element is selected when the first mobility management network element determines that there is no connection with the second access network device, and the positioning-related information is sent to the new mobility management network. Yuan. Therefore, the new mobility management network element can realize the location measurement of the terminal device based on the location-related information, thereby realizing the location measurement of the terminal device when the mobility management network element changes.
  • the positioning of the first context includes at least one of the following: a location service association identifier, a location service routing identifier, address information of a location management network element, an identifier of the location management network element, and an address of a gateway mobile location center Feedback address for information and location information of the terminal device.
  • the location service association identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service association identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the address information of the location management network element reference may be made to the address information of the location management network element in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the address information of the mobile location center of the gateway reference may be made to the address information of the mobile location center of the gateway in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the new mobility management network element can realize the positioning measurement of the terminal device based on the positioning-related information, thereby realizing the mobile Manages the location measurement of terminal equipment when network elements change.
  • the positioning of the first context further includes a location service suspension identifier
  • the transceiver module sends the first message to the location management network element. 1302, for sending a first message to a location management network element according to the location service suspension identifier.
  • location service suspension identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service suspension identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • first message reference may be made to the description of the first message in FIG. 8 , and details are not repeated here.
  • the new mobility management network element can send the first message to the location management network element, so as to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment, thereby avoiding the need for The problem of failure to perform positioning measurement on the terminal equipment when the positioning measurement on the terminal equipment conflicts with the handover of the terminal equipment.
  • the processing module 1301 is configured to learn that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to send a third message to the gateway mobile location center, where the third message is used to make the gateway mobile location center stop waiting for the timer for the location response message, so that the gateway mobile location center sends a request for the location service client to delay the reply A message of location information, and the gateway moves the location center into a state of asynchronously waiting for location information.
  • the timer for waiting for the location response message is stopped when there is a conflict between the location measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device, which avoids the problem of location measurement failure caused by timer timeout.
  • the gateway mobile location center enters the state of asynchronously waiting for location information.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to support the communication with the mobility management network element, and specifically performs the sending and/or receiving actions performed by the location management network element in FIG. 6 to FIG. 903, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1301 may be configured to support the communication device 1300 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, eg, to support the mobility management network element to perform step 603, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to send a second positioning request to the first mobility management network element, where the second positioning request is used to request positioning measurement of the terminal device; when the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network When the network device is connected, the first message is received;
  • the processing module 1301 is configured to suspend the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to receive a second message when the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and send a first positioning request according to the second message, where the first positioning request is used to request positioning measurement for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, it receives the first message, and suspends the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message to avoid The problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is conflicted with the handover of the terminal equipment is solved.
  • the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, the second message is received, and the first positioning request is sent according to the second message, so as to continue to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device when the handover is completed.
  • the transceiver module 1302 configured to receive the first message sent by the first mobility management network element; or,
  • the first mobility management network element is the source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is the target mobility management network element
  • the first message is obtained in various ways, so as to prepare for the subsequent suspension of the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message.
  • transceiver module configured to receive the second message sent by the first mobility management network element
  • the first mobility management network element is the source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is the target mobility management network element
  • the first message is obtained in various ways, so as to prepare for the subsequent suspension of the positioning measurement of the terminal device according to the first message.
  • transceiver module configured to send a first positioning request to the first mobility management network element according to the second message
  • the first positioning request is sent to the second mobility management network element.
  • the second message is obtained in various ways, so as to prepare for the subsequent sending of the first positioning request so as to continue to perform positioning measurement on the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is further configured to receive the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier sent by the second mobility management network element;
  • the processing module 1301 is further configured to know that the second mobility management network element is a legitimate network element that provides services for the terminal device or that the terminal device has been switched from the first mobility management network element to the second mobility management network element according to the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier Manage network elements.
  • location service association identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service association identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location management network element when the mobility management network element changes, the location management network element can learn that the new mobility management network element is a legal network element, so as to avoid the situation that the location management network element does not process the information from the new mobility management network element. information problems. At the same time, it is also realized that the location management network element instantly knows that the mobile network element that provides services for the terminal device has changed.
  • the communication apparatus when used as a second access network device or a chip applied in the second access network device, and performs the steps performed by the second access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to support communication with the mobility management network element, the first access network device, the terminal device, etc., and specifically performs the sending and/or receiving performed by the second access network device in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12 . Actions, such as enabling the second access network device to perform one or more of steps 704 and 809, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1301 may be configured to support the communication apparatus 1300 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, for example, to support the second access network device to perform step 1111, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to receive a second handover request when the terminal device needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, where the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier, and the positioning instruction is used for Obtaining positioning measurement assistance information, where the location service routing identifier is an identifier between the first mobility management network element and the first access network device used to identify the current positioning measurement task of the positioned terminal device;
  • the processing module 1301 is configured to know that the terminal device has been switched to the second access network device, and then obtain the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier;
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to send positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the positioning instruction reference may be made to the description of the positioning instruction in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device reference may be made to the description of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device when it needs to switch from the first access network device to the second access network device, it receives a second handover request, where the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier , so that it is determined that there is a conflict between the positioning measurement of the terminal device and the handover of the terminal device. Further, when it is known that the handover is completed, according to the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier, the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is obtained, so as to prepare for the subsequent continuous positioning measurement of the terminal device. At the same time, the problem that the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment fails when the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment is conflicted with the handover of the terminal equipment is also avoided.
  • the transceiver module 1302 when receiving the second handover request, is configured to
  • the first mobility management network element is the source mobility management network element
  • the second mobility management network element is the target mobility management network element
  • the transceiver module 1302 when sending the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device, is configured to
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is sent to the second mobility management network element.
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device For the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device, reference may be made to the description of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device in FIG. 9 , and details are not described herein.
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device is sent to the first mobility management network element or the second mobility management network element, so as to provide information for the subsequent first mobility management network element or the second mobility management network element.
  • the element sends the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device to the location management network element for preparation.
  • the communication apparatus when used as a first access network device or a chip applied in the first access network device, and performs the steps performed by the first access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to support communication with the mobility management network element, the second access network device, the terminal device, etc., and specifically performs the sending and/or receiving performed by the first access network device in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12 . Actions, such as enabling the first access network device to perform one or more of steps 604 and 1109, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1301 may be configured to support the communication apparatus 1300 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, for example, to support the first access network device to perform step 1005, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to receive a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier from the first mobility management network element, where the positioning instruction is used to obtain positioning measurement assistance information, and the location service routing identifier is: An identifier between the first mobility management network element and the first access network device for identifying the current positioning measurement task of the located terminal device;
  • a processing module 1301, configured to learn that the terminal device needs to be switched from the first access network device to the second access network device;
  • the transceiver module 1302 is configured to send a second handover request, where the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier.
  • the positioning instruction reference may be made to the description of the positioning instruction in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device reference may be made to the description of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the transceiver module 1302 when sending the second handover request, is configured to
  • the second handover request is sent through the first mobility management network element.
  • the second handover request is sent in various ways, so as to prepare for the subsequent acquisition of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device and to continue to perform the positioning measurement on the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to support communication with the location management network element, the first access network device, the second access network device or the gateway mobile location center, etc. Sending and or receiving actions performed, such as enabling mobility management network elements to perform one or more of steps 1106, 1108, and 1208, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module 1301 may be configured to support the communication device 1300 to perform the processing actions in the above method embodiments, eg, to support the mobility management network element to perform step 1206, and or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to receive a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier from the first access network device, the positioning instruction is used to obtain positioning measurement assistance information, and the location service routing identifier is the first mobility management network element and the first access network.
  • the second handover request includes a positioning instruction and a location service routing identifier.
  • the positioning instruction reference may be made to the description of the positioning instruction in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device reference may be made to the description of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the second handover request is sent to the second access network device by receiving the positioning instruction and the location service routing identifier from the first access network device, so as to assist in the subsequent acquisition of the positioning measurement corresponding to the terminal device. information, continue to prepare for the positioning measurement of the terminal equipment.
  • the mobility management network element further includes a processing module 1301. If the mobility management network element is the first mobility management network element, the first mobility management network element is the source mobility management network element, and the second handover request includes the identity of the second access network device,
  • the processing module 1301 is further configured to select a second mobility management network element according to the identifier of the second access network device, and the second mobility management network element is the target mobility management network element;
  • the transceiver module 1302 is further configured to send a positioning instruction, a location service routing identifier and a second positioning context to the second mobility management network element, where the second positioning context is determined after the first mobility management network element receives a positioning message from the gateway mobile location center of.
  • the positioning instruction reference may be made to the description of the positioning instruction in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in FIG. 9 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the second context reference may be made to the description of locating the second context in FIG. 12 , which will not be repeated here.
  • a new mobility management network element is selected when the first mobility management network element determines that there is no connection with the second access network device, and the positioning-related information is sent to the new mobility management network. Yuan. Therefore, the new mobility management network element can send the second handover request to the second access network device based on the positioning-related information, so that the second handover request can be sent to the second access network device when the mobility management network element changes, For the subsequent acquisition of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal equipment, preparations are continued to perform positioning measurement on the terminal equipment.
  • the positioning of the second context includes at least one of the following: a location service association identifier, address information of a location management network element, an identifier of the location management network element, address information of a gateway mobile location center, and address information of a terminal device. Feedback address for location information.
  • location service association identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service association identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • address information of the location management network element reference may be made to the address information of the location management network element in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • address information of the gateway mobile location center reference may be made to the address information of the gateway mobile location center in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the new mobility management network element can send the second handover request to the second access network device based on the positioning-related information, Therefore, when the mobility management network element changes, the second handover request is sent to the second access network device, so as to prepare for the subsequent acquisition of the positioning measurement assistance information corresponding to the terminal device and to continue the positioning measurement of the terminal device.
  • the mobility management network element is the second mobility management network element, and the second mobility management network element is the target mobility management network element,
  • the transceiver module 1302 is further configured to send the location service association identifier and the location service routing identifier to the location management network element, so that the location management network element knows that the second mobility management network element is a legitimate network element that provides services for the terminal device or that the terminal device has Switch from the first mobility management network element to the second mobility management network element.
  • location service association identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service association identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • location service routing identifier reference may be made to the description of the location service routing identifier in FIG. 8 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the location management network element when the mobility management network element changes, the location management network element can learn that the new mobility management network element is a legal network element, so as to avoid the situation that the location management network element does not process the information from the new mobility management network element. information problems. At the same time, it is also realized that the location management network element instantly knows that the mobile network element that provides services for the terminal device has changed.
  • the transceiver module 1302 may be an interface, a pin or a circuit or the like.
  • the interface can be used to input data to be processed to the processor, and can output the processing result of the processor to the outside.
  • the interface can be a general purpose input output (GPIO) interface, which can communicate with multiple peripheral devices (such as a display (LCD), a camera (camara), a radio frequency (RF) module, an antenna, etc. )connect.
  • the interface is connected to the processor through a bus.
  • the processing module 1301 may be a processor, and the processor may execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the storage module, so that the chip executes the methods involved in the embodiments of FIG. 6 to FIG. 12 .
  • the processor may include a controller, an arithmetic unit and a register.
  • the controller is mainly responsible for instruction decoding, and sends control signals for operations corresponding to the instructions.
  • the arithmetic unit is mainly responsible for performing fixed-point or floating-point arithmetic operations, shift operations, and logical operations, and can also perform address operations and conversions.
  • Registers are mainly responsible for saving register operands and intermediate operation results temporarily stored during instruction execution.
  • the hardware architecture of the processor may be an application specific integrated circuits (ASIC) architecture, a microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture (MIPS) architecture, advanced reduced instructions Set machine (advanced RISC machines, ARM) architecture or network processor (network processor, NP) architecture and so on.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • MIPS microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture
  • ARM advanced reduced instructions Set machine
  • NP network processor
  • the storage module may be a storage module in the chip, such as a register, a cache, and the like.
  • the storage module can also be a storage module located outside the chip, such as read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc. .
  • processors and the interface can be implemented by hardware design, software design, or a combination of software and hardware, which is not limited here.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a simplified first access network device or a second access network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first access network device or the second access network device includes a radio frequency signal transceiving and converting part and a 42 part, and the radio frequency signal transceiving and converting part further includes a receiving module 41 part and a sending module 43 part (also collectively referred to as a transceiver module) .
  • the radio frequency signal transceiver and conversion part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 42 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of access network equipment.
  • the receiving module 41 may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like
  • the sending module 43 may also be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, and the like.
  • Part 42 is usually the control center of the access network device, which can usually be referred to as a processing module, and is used to control the first access network device or the second access network device to execute the first access network device in the above-mentioned FIG. 7 to FIG. 12 . or the steps performed by the second access network device.
  • a processing module is usually the control center of the access network device, which can usually be referred to as a processing module, and is used to control the first access network device or the second access network device to execute the first access network device in the above-mentioned FIG. 7 to FIG. 12 . or the steps performed by the second access network device.
  • the 42 part may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories, and the processors are used to read and execute programs in the memories to implement baseband processing functions and access control of network equipment. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to increase processing capacity. As an optional implementation manner, one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more memories may be shared by multiple boards, or one or more processors may be shared by multiple boards at the same time. device.
  • the receiving module 41 is configured to perform the function of the access network device in step 1102 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the receiving module 41 is configured to perform the function of the access network device in step 1206 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a mobility management network element or a location management network element or a second access network device or a first access network device, the mobility management network element or the location management network element or the second access network device or The first access network device is configured to execute the above positioning method. Part or all of the above communication can be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the mobility management network element or the location management network element or the second access network device or the first access network device may be a chip or an integrated circuit during specific implementation.
  • the mobility management network element or the location management network element or the second access network device or the first access network device includes: at least one processing a device for executing a program, when the program is executed, the mobility management network element or the location management network element or the second access network device or the first access network device can implement the positioning method provided by the above embodiment, the mobility management The network element or the location management network element or the second access network device or the first access network device may further include a memory for storing necessary programs, and these involved programs can be used in the mobility management network element or the location management network element or The second access network device or the first access network device is loaded into the memory when it leaves the factory, and can also be loaded into the memory when needed later.
  • the above-mentioned memory may be a physically independent unit, or may be integrated with the processor.
  • the mobility management network element or the location management network element or the second access network device or the first access network device may only include at least one processor.
  • the memory for storing the program is located outside the mobility management network element or the location management network element or the second access network device or the first access network device, and the processor is connected to the memory through a circuit/wire for reading and executing the memory program stored in.
  • Each processor can be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), or a combination of CPU and NP.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • NP network processor
  • each processor may include a hardware chip.
  • the above-mentioned hardware chip may be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD) or a combination thereof.
  • the above-mentioned PLD may be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a generic array logic (GAL) or any combination thereof.
  • the memory may include volatile memory (volatile memory), such as random-access memory (RAM); the memory may also include non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory), such as flash memory (flash memory) , a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD); the memory may also include a combination of the above-mentioned types of memory.
  • volatile memory such as random-access memory (RAM)
  • non-volatile memory such as flash memory (flash memory) , a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD)
  • flash memory flash memory
  • HDD hard disk drive
  • SSD solid-state drive
  • the memory may also include a combination of the above-mentioned types of memory.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed, the method in any of the possible implementation manners as shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12 is implemented.
  • the present application also provides a positioning system, which includes a mobility management network element, a first access network device, a second access network device, a location management network element, a gateway mobile location center, and a terminal device.
  • the mobility management network element is used to implement the functions of the mobility management network element in any of the possible implementations in FIGS. 6 to 12
  • the first access network device is used to implement the first access in any of the possible implementations in FIGS. 6 to 12
  • the function of the network device, the second access network device is used to implement the function of the second access network device in any of the possible implementations in Figures 6 to 12, and the location management network element is used to implement any of the possible implementations in Figures 6 to 12.
  • the function of the location management network element in the implementation manner of the gateway, the mobile location center of the gateway is used to realize the function of the mobile location center of the gateway in any possible implementation manner of FIG. 6 to FIG. 12, and the terminal device is used to realize any possible implementation of FIG.
  • the functions of the terminal device in the implementation manner of will not be repeated here.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种定位方法及相关装置，该方法应用于移动管理网元，该方法包括：获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示挂起对所述终端设备的定位测量；获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备，则向所述位置管理网元发送第二消息，所述第二消息用于使得所述位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。实施本申请实施例，避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题，也实现了在切换完成时继续对终端设备进行定位测量。

Description

一种定位方法及相关装置
本申请要求于2020年08月25日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010865853.7、申请名称为“一种定位方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种定位方法及相关装置。
背景技术
一般来说，一个基站的有效覆盖范围通常在几百米到几千米不等。例如在城区，由于建筑物较多，无线信号的穿透能力会衰减的比较厉害，导致基站有效的覆盖范围就较小。因此，终端设备在通信的过程中经常会发生跨基站移动。而在网络辅助的定位流程中，需要基站协助位置管理功能(location management function，LMF)网元完成对终端设备的定位测量。此时，如果终端设备发生跨基站移动，那么将导致无法完成对终端设备的定位测量。因此，在终端设备的定位过程和切换过程发生冲突时如何完成对终端设备的定位测量亟待解决。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种定位方法及相关装置，实施本申请实施例，用于实现对终端设备进行定位测量。
第一方面，提供一种定位方法，所述方法应用于移动管理网元，所述方法包括：
获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示挂起对所述终端设备的定位测量；
获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备，则向所述位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得所述位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过在获知终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第一消息，实现了挂起对终端设备的定位测量，从而避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。进一步的，通过在获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第二消息，实现了在切换完成时继续对终端设备进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，在所述向位置管理网元发送第一消息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述第一移动管理网元接收到第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量；
所述第一移动管理网元接收第一切换请求。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收第二定位请求和第一切换请求，从而确定在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突，为后续挂起对终端设备的定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接收第一切换请求，包括：
所述第一移动管理网元接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第一切换请求；或，
所述第一移动管理网元接收所述第二接入网设备发送的路径切换请求。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了多种方式获取切换请求，从而为后续确定在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一切换请求包括所述第二接入网设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
所述第一移动管理网元根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，其中所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
所述第一移动管理网元向所述第二移动管理网元发送定位第一上下文，所述定位第一上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在第一移动管理网元确定与第二接入网设备无连接时选择新的移动管理网元，并将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元。因此，新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息实现对终端设备的定位测量，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时对终端设备的定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，
若所述移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，所述向位置管理网元发送第一消息，包括：
所述第二移动管理网元接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位第一上下文，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述定位第一上下文是在所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的；
所述第二移动管理网元根据所述定位第一上下文，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在移动管理网元变化时，新的移动管理网元可以根据上下文向位置管理网元发送第一消息，实现了挂起对终端设备的定位测量，从而避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述定位第一上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、位置服务路由标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息、所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识(N1N2 notify subscription id)、N2接口消息通知订阅标识(N2 notify subscription id)、位置定位客户端类型(LCS client type)、位置定位类型(LCS type)、位置定位服务优先级(LCS priority)、位置定位服务质量(Location quality of service)和支持的物理位置区域描述形状(supported geographical area description shapes)。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元，让新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息实现对终端设备的定位测量，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时对终端设备的定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述定位第一上下文还包括位置服务挂起标识，所述第二移动管理网元根据所述终端设备的定位第一上下文，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息，包括：
所述第二移动管理网元根据所述位置服务挂起标识，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一 消息。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在移动管理网元变化后，新的移动管理网元可以向位置管理网元发送第一消息，从而实现挂起对终端设备的定位测量，从而避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
获知到终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备，则向网关移动位置中心发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于使得所述网关移动位置中心停止等待位置响应消息的定时器、使得所述网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户端延迟回复位置信息的消息、以及使得所述网关移动位置中心进入异步等待所述位置信息的状态。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行存在切换冲突时停止等待位置响应消息的定时器，避免了定时器超时导致的定位测量失败的问题。同时，也实现了让网关移动位置中心进入异步等待位置信息的状态。
第二方面，提供一种定位方法，所述方法应用于移动管理网元，所述方法包括：
获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备，则向所述位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得所述位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过在获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第二消息，避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题，实现了在切换完成时继续对终端设备进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，在所述向所述位置管理网元发送第二消息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述第一移动管理网元接收到第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量；
所述第一移动管理网元接收第一切换请求。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收第二定位请求和第一切换请求，从而确定在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接收第一切换请求，包括：
所述第一移动管理网元接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第一切换请求；或，
所述第一移动管理网元接收所述第二接入网设备发送的路径切换请求。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了多种方式获取切换请求，从而为后续确定在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一切换请求包括所述第二接入网设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
所述第一移动管理网元根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，其中所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
所述第一移动管理网元向所述第二移动管理网元发送定位第一上下文，所述定位第一上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在第一移动管理网元确定与第二接入网设备无连接时选择新的移动管理网元，并将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元。因此，新的移动 管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息实现对终端设备的定位测量，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时对终端设备的定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，所述向位置管理网元发送第二消息，包括：
所述第二移动管理网元接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位第一上下文，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述定位第一上下文是在所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的；
所述第二移动管理网元根据所述定位第一上下文，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第二消息。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在第一移动管理网元确定与第二接入网设备无连接时选择新的移动管理网元，并将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元。因此，新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息向位置管理网元发送第二消息，以实现对终端设备的定位测量，即实现了在移动管理网元变化时对终端设备的定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述定位第一上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、位置服务路由标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息、所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元，让新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息实现对终端设备的定位测量，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时对终端设备的定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
获知到终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备，则向网关移动位置中心发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于使得所述网关移动位置中心停止等待位置响应消息的定时器、使得所述网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户端延迟回复位置信息的消息、以及使得所述网关移动位置中心进入异步等待所述位置信息的状态。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行存在切换冲突时停止等待位置响应消息的定时器，避免了定时器超时导致的定位测量失败的问题。同时，也实现了让网关移动位置中心进入异步等待位置信息的状态。
第三方面，提供一种定位方法，所述方法应用于位置管理网元，所述方法包括：
向第一移动管理网元发送第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量；
当所述终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第一消息，并根据所述第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量；
当所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备时，接收第二消息，并根据第二消息发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第一消息，并根据第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量，避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。同时，当终端 设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第二消息，并根据第二消息发送第一定位请求，实现了在切换完成时继续对终端设备进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接收第一消息，包括：
接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第一消息；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第一消息；
其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了通过多种方式获取第一消息，从而为后续根据第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接收第二消息，包括：
接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第二消息；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第二消息；
其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了通过多种方式获取第二消息，为后续发送第一定位请求以实现继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述根据所述第二消息发送第一定位请求，包括：
根据所述第二消息，向所述第一移动管理网元发送所述第一定位请求；或，
根据所述第二消息，向所述第二移动管理网元发送所述第一定位请求。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了通过多种方式发送第一定位请求，为后续继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述方法还包括：
接收第二移动管理网元发送的位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识；
根据所述位置服务关联标识和所述位置服务路由标识获知第二移动管理网元是为所述终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者所述终端设备已从所述第一移动管理网元切换至所述第二移动管理网元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在移动管理网元变化时位置管理网元获知新的移动管理网元为合法网元，避免出现位置管理网元不处理来自新的移动管理网元的信息的问题。同时，也实现了位置管理网元即时获知为终端设备的提供服务的移动网元已变化。
第四方面，提供一种定位方法，所述方法应用于第二接入网设备，所述方法包括：
当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备时，接收第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与所述第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备，则根据所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识，获取所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；
发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，通过接收第二切换请求，该第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，从而确定 对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。进一步的，通过获知切换完成时，根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，从而为后续继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。同时，也避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述接收第二切换请求，包括：
接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第二切换请求；或，
接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第二切换请求；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第二切换请求；
其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了多种方式获取第二切换请求，从而为确定对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换存在冲突做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，包括：
向所述第一移动管理网元发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；或，
向第二移动管理网元发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了向第一移动管理网元或第二移动管理网元发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，从而为后续第一移动管理网元或第二移动管理网元将终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息发送给位置管理网元做准备。
第五方面，提供一种定位方法，所述方法应用于第一接入网设备，所述方法包括：
接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为所述第一移动管理网元与所述第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
获知到所述终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，则发送第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，以及获知到终端设备准备从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，从而确定对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。进一步的，发送第二切换请求，从而为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。同时，也避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述发送第二切换请求，包括：
向第二接入网设备发送所述第二切换请求；或，
通过所述第一移动管理网元发送所述第二切换请求。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了多种方式发送第二切换请求，从而为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
第六方面，提供一种定位方法，所述方法应用于移动管理网元，所述方法包括：
接收来自第一接入网设备的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与第一接入网设备之间用于标识 被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收来自第一接入网设备的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二切换请求包括所述第二接入网设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
所述第一移动管理网元根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
所述第一移动管理网元向所述第二移动管理网元发送所述定位指令、所述位置服务路由标识和定位第二上下文，所述定位第二上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在第一移动管理网元确定与第二接入网设备无连接时选择新的移动管理网元，并将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元。因此，新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述定位第二上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息，所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元，让新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，所述方法还包括：
所述第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，以使得位置管理网元获知所述第二移动管理网元是为所述终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者所述终端设备已从所述第一移动管理网元切换至所述第二移动管理网元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在移动管理网元变化时位置管理网元获知新的移动管理网元为合法网元，避免出现位置管理网元不处理来自新的移动管理网元的信息的问题。同时，也实现了位置管理网元即时获知为终端设备的提供服务的移动网元已变化。
第七方面，提供一种移动管理网元，所述移动管理网元包括处理模块和收发模块，其中，
所述处理模块，用于获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备；获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备；
所述收发模块，用于向位置管理网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示挂起对所述终端设备的定位测量；向所述位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得所述位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，在向位置管理网元发送第一消息之前，
所述收发模块，还用于接收到第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量；接收第一切换请求。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在接收第一切换请求时，所述收发模块，用于接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第一切换请求；或，接收所述第二接入网设备发送的路径切换请求。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一切换请求包括所述第二接入网设备的标识，
所述处理模块，还用于根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，其中所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
所述收发模块，还用于向所述第二移动管理网元发送定位第一上下文，所述定位第一上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述定位第一上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、位置服务路由标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息、所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述定位第一上下文还包括位置服务挂起标识，在所述第二移动管理网元根据所述终端设备的定位第一上下文，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息时，所述收发模块，用于根据所述位置服务挂起标识，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块，用于获知到终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备；
所述收发模块，用于向网关移动位置中心发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于使得所述网关移动位置中心停止等待位置响应消息的定时器、使得所述网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户端延迟回复位置信息的消息、以及使得所述网关移动位置中心进入异步等待所述位置信息的状态。
第八方面，提供一种位置管理网元，所述位置管理网元包括收发模块和处理模块，其中，
所述收发模块，用于向第一移动管理网元发送第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量；当所述终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第一消息；
所述处理模块，用于根据所述第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量；
所述收发模块，用于当所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备时，接收第二消息，并根据第二消息发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在接收第一消息时，
所述收发模块，用于接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第一消息；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第一消息；
其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在接收第二消息时，
所述收发模块，用于接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第二消息；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第二消息；
其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在根据所述第二消息发送第一定位请求时，
所述收发模块，用于根据所述第二消息，向所述第一移动管理网元发送所述第一定位请求；或，
根据所述第二消息，向所述第二移动管理网元发送所述第一定位请求。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述收发模块，还用于接收第二移动管理网元发送的位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识；
所述处理模块，还用于根据所述位置服务关联标识和所述位置服务路由标识获知第二移动管理网元是为所述终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者所述终端设备已从所述第一移动管理网元切换至所述第二移动管理网元。
第九方面，提供一种第二接入网设备，所述第二接入网设备包括收发模块和处理模块，其中，
所述收发模块，用于当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备时，接收第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与所述第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
所述处理模块，用于获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备，则根据所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识，获取所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；
所述收发模块，用于发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在接收第二切换请求时，所述收发模块，用于
接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第二切换请求；或，
接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第二切换请求；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第二切换请求；
其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息时，所述收发模块，用于
向所述第一移动管理网元发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；或，
向第二移动管理网元发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
第十方面，提供一种第一接入网设备，所述第一接入网设备包括收发模块和处理模块，其中，
所述收发模块，用于接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为所述第一移动管理网元与所述第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
所述处理模块，用于获知到所述终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备；
所述收发模块，用于发送第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在发送第二切换请求时，所述收发模块，用于
向第二接入网设备发送所述第二切换请求；或，
通过所述第一移动管理网元发送所述第二切换请求。
第十一方面，提供一种移动管理网元，所述移动管理网元包括收发模块，其中，
所述收发模块，用于接收来自第一接入网设备的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述移动管理网元还包括处理模块，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二切换请求包括所述第二接入网设备的标识，
所述处理模块，还用于根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
所述收发模块，还用于向所述第二移动管理网元发送所述定位指令、所述位置服务路由标识和定位第二上下文，所述定位第二上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
在一种可能的实施方式中，所述定位第二上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息，所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若所述移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，
所述收发模块，还用于向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，以使得位置管理网元获知所述第二移动管理网元是为所述终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者所述终端设备已从所述第一移动管理网元切换至所述第二移动管理网元。
第十二方面，提供一种移动管理网元，包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口，所述输入接口用于接收来自所述移动管理网元之外的其它通信装置的信息，所述输出接口用于向所述移动管理网元之外的其它通信装置输出信息，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如第一方面或第五方面任一项所述的方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该移动管理网元可以是实现第一方面或第五方面中方法的芯片或者包含芯片的设备。
第十三方面，提供一种位置管理网元，包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口，所述输入接口用于接收来自所述位置管理网元之外的其它通信装置的信息，所述输出接口用于向所述位置管理网元之外的其它通信装置输出信息，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现第二方面任一项所述的方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该位置管理网元可以是实现第二方面中方法的芯片或者包含芯片的设备。
第十四方面，提供一种第二接入网设备，包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口，所述输入接口用于接收来自所述第二接入网设备之外的其它通信装置的信息，所述输出接口用于向所述第二接入网设备之外的其它通信装置输出信息，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如第三方面任一项所述的方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该第二接入网设备可以是实现第三方面中方法的芯片或者包含芯片的设备。
第十五方面，提供一种第一接入网设备，包括处理器、存储器、输入接口和输出接口，所述输入接口用于接收来自所述第一接入网设备之外的其它通信装置的信息，所述输出接口用于向所述第一接入网设备之外的其它通信装置输出信息，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如第四方面任一项所述的方法。
在一种可能的设计中，该第一接入网设备可以是实现第四方面中方法的芯片或者包含芯片的设备。
第十六方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被运行时，实现如第一方面任一项所述的方法，或实现如第二方面任一项所述的方法，或实现如第三方面任一项所述的方法，或实现如第四方面任一项所述的方法，或实现如第五方面任一项所述的方法。
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品，当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时，使得计算机执行实现如第一方面任一项所述的方法，或实现如第二方面任一项所述的方法，或实现如第三方面任一项所述的方法，或实现如第四方面任一项所述的方法，或实现如第五方面任一项所述的方法。
第十八方面，提供一种通信系统，包括前述的任一移动管理网元，和/或，任一位置管理网元，和/或，任一第一接入网设备，和/或，任一第二接入网设备。
附图说明
下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。
其中：
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种非漫游场景下5G网络的位置定位服务架构图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种漫游场景下5G网络的位置定位服务架构图；
图3为一种位置定位流程示意图；
图4为又一种位置定位流程示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的基础架构；
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法的示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种简化的第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
需要理解的是，本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一种(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b，或c中的至少一种(个)，可以表示：a，b，c，a-b，a-c，b-c，或a-b-c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。单数表达形式“一个”、“一种”、“所述”、“上述”、“该”和“这一”旨在也包括例如“一个或多个”这种表达形式，除非其上下文中明确地有相反指示。以及，除非有相反的说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如，第一定位请求和第二定位请求，只是为了区分不同的定位请求信息，而并不是表示这两种定位请求的优先级或者重要程度等的不同。
在本申请实施例中描述的参考“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等意味着在本申请的一个或多个实施例中包括结合该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此，在本说明书中的不同之处出现的语句“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等不是必然都参考相同的实施例，而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”，除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”，除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。
应理解，本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于第五代移动通信技术(5th generation mobile networks，5G)，还可以应用于未来其它的通信系统，例如6G通信系统等，在未来通信系统中，可能保持功能相同，但名称可能会改变。
为了便于理解本申请，在此介绍本申请实施例涉及的相关技术知识。
定位请求或定位指令，在本申请实施例中是指用于请求针对特定的终端的定位测量任务的信息。定位测量任务可以是即时请求(location immediate request，LIR)业务或者位置延迟请求(location deferred request，LDR)业务，通过定位测量任务，移动通信网络可将终端的位置信息或者与位置有关的定位事件告知定位测量任务的请求方即定位请求方。定位服务器或者位置管理网元可用于管理针对特定的终端的定位请求。具体地，管理定位请求，是指定位服务器或位置管理网元可用于根据定位请求方发送的定位请求，向定位请求方反馈终端的位置信息或者向定位请求方指示终端出现定位请求指示的定位事件。
即时请求业务是一种“即时请求，即时响应”的定位业务，其定位请求可包括LIR。在本申请实施中，定位请求方向终端所处的核心网网元如移动管理网元或者网关移动位置中心发送LIR，由移动管理网元或者网关移动位置中心转发给定位服务器或者核心网中的其它网元如位置管理网元，以使定位服务器或者位置管理网元基于LIR向定位请求方即时反馈终端的位置信息。
位置延迟请求业务具有延迟性，定位请求方相当于向终端、终端所处的核心网网元或其他相关网元订阅终端的定位报告，该报告可以在满足一定的定位事件后触发，定位事件例如，终端移动出或移动至某一区域、终端移动距离达到阈值距离或者满足预设的报告周期等等，该报告中可以携带终端的位置信息，和/或，该报告可用于指示满足以上的位置事件，如指示终端移动出或移动至某一区域等等。
终端的位置信息，基于定位测量任务，终端所在的核心网网元如位置管理网元或者定位服务器可以计算得到终端的位置信息。具体例如，位置管理网元或者定位服务器可基于定位请求方发送的定位请求信息以及终端上报的定位测量数据，计算得到终端的位置信息，并向定位请求方反馈终端的位置信息。具体地，位置管理网元或者定位服务器可以根据位置信息生成上述定位事件报告。其中，终端的位置信息，其可以为在某个位置系统(例如，全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)或北斗卫星系统)中的地理位置坐标。
终端，在本申请实施例中是指定位请求方所请求的定位测量任务的对象。比如，在3GPP规范中，安全用户面定位启用终端(secure user plane location enabled terminal，SET)为定位服务的客户端，即定位请求方所请求的定位测量任务的对象，例如安卓(android)智能手机，也即3GPP定义的终端。终端所在的核心网的网元如LMF网元或者定位服务器可基于定位请求方的定位请求，向定位请求方提供终端的位置信息，或告知定位请求方终端已满足定位请求指示的定位事件。
定位请求方，在本申请实施例中是指向核心网的网元如位置管理网元或者定位服务器请求提供针对终端的定位测量任务的通信设备，其可以是一个终端，也可以是有定位需求的外部客户端，如服务器、无线通信网络中的网元或者具有定位终端的位置需求的其他载体。比如，安全用户面定位(secure user plane location，SUPL)代理(agent)是一个需要获取位置信息的应用程序，即3gpp定义的位置服务客户端(location service client)。其中，SUPL Agent可以运行在SET中，也可以运行在SUPL网络中。其中，如果SUPL Agent运行在SET中，定位请求方即为终端。如果SUPL Agent运行在SUPL网络中，定位请求方即为有定位需求的外部客户端。
定位服务器，在本申请实施例中采用MEC方式进行部署，其可以为MEC平台或服务器。定位服务器的具体部署形态本申请不做限定，具体可以是云端部署，还可以是独立的计算机设备或芯片等。其中，定位服务器与终端之间的数据交互可直接通过用户面(user plane)进行。 比如，SUPL是操作维护管理(operation administration and maintenance，OAM)组织定义的一种定位协议，定位服务器可以基于SUPL协议通过用户面与终端进行交互，即终端可以通过用户面来传送SUPL报文，SUPL报文可以封装终端上报的定位请求、定位测量数据等信息以及定位服务器给终端下达的定位请求或定位指令。
进一步的，在非漫游场景下，5G网络的位置定位服务架构可以包括终端设备、接入网设备、位置定位服务(location service，LCS)客户端、接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元、位置管理功能(location management function，LMF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management，UDM)网元、网关移动位置中心(gateway mobile location centre，GMLC)网元、位置检索功能(location retrieval function，LRF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function，NEF)网元、应用功能(application function，AF)网元。其中，GMLC网元和LRF网元可以是融合部署，也可以是独立部署。进一步的，在未部署LMF网元时，可以采用AMF网元和GMLC网元实现定位。
具体的，参见图1，图1为本申请实施例提供的一种非漫游场景下5G网络的位置定位服务架构图。如图1所示，可以看出，终端设备可与AMF网元连接，接入网设备也可与AMF网元连接。AMF网元可以分别与UDM网元、LMF网元、NEF网元、GMLC网元连接。UDM网元可以分别与NEF网元、GMLC网元连接。NEF网元可以分别与AF网元、GMLC网元连接。LCS客户端可以分别与GMLC网元、LRF网元连接。进一步的，N1接口为终端设备与AMF网元之间的参考点。N2接口为接入网设备与AMF网元之间的参考点，用于非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)消息和下一代应用协议(next generation application protocol，NGAP)消息的发送等。NL1接口为AMF网元与LMF网元之间的参考点。N8接口为AMF网元与UDM网元之间的参考点。NL2接口为AMF网元与GMLC网元之间的参考点。N51接口为AMF网元与NEF网元之间的参考点。NL7接口为LMF网元与其他LMF网元之间的参考点。N52接口为UDM网元与NEF网元之间的参考点。NL6接口为UDM网元与GMLC网元之间的参考点。NL5接口为NEF网元与GMLC网元之间的参考点。N33接口为NEF网元与AF网元之间的参考点。Le接口可以为LCS客户端与GMLC网元之间的参考点，也可以为LCS客户端与LRF网元之间的参考点。
在漫游场景下，5G网络的位置定位服务架构涉及到访问公共陆地移动网(public land mobile network，PLMN)和归属PLMN。其中，访问PLMN涉及到终端设备、接入网设备、AMF网元、LMF网元、访问GMLC网元、LRF网元。归属PLMN涉及到UDM网元、NEF网元、AF网元和LCS客户端。具体的，参见图2，图2为本申请实施例提供的一种漫游场景下5G网络的位置定位服务架构图。如图2所示，可以看出，终端设备可与AMF网元连接，接入网设备也可与AMF网元连接。AMF网元可以分别与UDM网元、LMF网元、NEF网元、访问GMLC网元连接。UDM网元可以分别与NEF网元、归组GMLC网元连接。NEF网元可以分别与AF网元、归组GMLC网元连接。LCS客户端可以与归组GMLC网元连接。进一步的，N1接口为终端设备与AMF网元之间的参考点。N2接口为接入网设备与AMF网元之间的参考点。NL1接口为AMF网元与LMF网元之间的参考点。N8接口为AMF网元与UDM网元之间的参考点。NL2接口为AMF网元与访问GMLC网元之间的参考点。NL3接口为访问GMLC网元与归属GMLC网元之间的参考点。N51接口为AMF网元与NEF网元之间的参考点。NL7接口为LMF网元与其他LMF网元之间的参考点。N52接口为UDM网元与NEF网元之间的参考点。NL6接口为UDM网元与归属GMLC网元之间的参考点。NL5接口为 NEF网元与归属GMLC网元之间的参考点。N33接口为NEF网元与AF网元之间的参考点。Le接口可以为LCS客户端与归属GMLC网元之间的参考点。
结合上面描述的系统架构，目前，根据定位请求发起方的不同，协议标准定位业务可以分为三种：终端始发定位请求(mobile originating location request，MO-LR)、终端终止定位请求(mobile terminating location request，MT-LR)和网络触发定位请求(network induced location request，NI-LR)。其中，MO-LR是由终端设备发起的定位请求；MT-LR是LCS客户端向LCS服务器发起的定位请求；NI-LR是从正在为终端设备提供服务的PLMN内部发起的定位请求。
进一步的，在定位时，可以采用用户设备(user equipment，UE)辅助的位置定位流程(UE assisted positioning procedure)实现定位，也可以采用基于UE的位置定位流程(UE based positioning procedure)实现定位，也可以采用网络辅助的位置定位流程(network assisted positioning procedure)实现定位。
进一步的，LMF网元可以根据终端设备的LCS能力和本地配置确定向AMF网元发送长期演进技术定位协议(LTE positioning protocol，LPP)消息或新无线定位协议(NR positioning protocol a，NRPPa)消息。其中，LPP消息用于指示终端设备反馈定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息。可以理解的，若LPP消息用于指示终端设备反馈定位测量数据，即采用UE辅助的位置定位流程实现定位；若LPP消息用于指示终端设备反馈终端设备的位置信息，即采用基于UE的位置定位流程实现定位。
具体的，针对UE辅助的位置定位流程和基于UE的位置定位流程，可以参见图3，图3为一种位置定位流程示意图。如图3所示，该位置定位流程示意图包括：
301、LMF网元向AMF网元发送LPP消息和终端设备的标识。
其中，LMF网元可以向AMF网元发送Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer，Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer携带LPP消息和终端设备的标识。
需要说明的，在本申请中，Namf_communication为AMF网元提供的一种服务，在5G核心网中的网络功能(network function，NF)实体可以利用Namf_communication通过N1、N2接口与其他通信设备交互。这里的其他通信设备例如可以为终端设备、LMF网元、无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)等。
302、AMF网元向接入网设备发送LPP消息。
其中，AMF网元向接入网设备发送LPP消息，包括：AMF网元根据终端设备的标识，确定为该终端设备提供服务的接入网设备；AMF网元向该接入网设备发送LPP消息。
进一步的，AMF网元可以向接入网设备发送下行非接入层传输(downlink NAS transport)消息，下行非接入层传输消息携带LPP消息。
303、接入网设备向终端设备发送LPP消息。
其中，接入网设备可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)消息向终端设备发送LPP消息。
304、终端设备根据LPP消息，确定定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息。
305、终端设备向接入网设备发送定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息。
其中，终端设备也可以通过RRC消息向接入网设备发送定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息。
306、接入网设备向AMF网元发送定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息。
其中，接入网设备可以向AMF网元发送上行非接入层传输(uplink NAS transport)消息，上行非接入层传输消息携带定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息。
307、AMF网元向LMF网元发送定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息。
其中，AMF网元可以向LMF网元发送Namf_communication_N2infonotify消息，该Namf_communication_N2infonotify消息携带定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息。
可以理解的，若LMF网元接收到定位测量数据时，LMF网元需要基于定位测量数据确定终端设备的位置信息。进一步的，LMF网元可以向AMF网元发送终端设备的位置信息。可以理解的，LMF网元可以向AMF网元发送Namf_location_determinelocationresponse消息。
其中，Namf_location_determinelocation response消息包括终端设备的位置信息。
进一步的，AMF网元可以向GMLC网元发送终端设备的位置信息。其中，AMF网元可以向GMLC网元发送Namf_location_providepositioninginfo response消息或位置响应消息。
其中，Namf_location_providepositioninginfo response消息或位置响应消息包括终端设备的位置信息。
另外，针对网络辅助的位置定位流程，涉及到接入网设备A和接入网设备B，接入网设备A是为终端设备提供服务的设备，接入网设备B为终端设备所在小区的邻区的设备。具体的，参见图4，图4为又一种位置定位流程示意图。如图4所示，该位置定位流程示意图包括：
401、LMF网元向AMF网元发送NRPPa消息和终端设备的标识。
其中，LMF网元可以向AMF网元发送Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer消息，该Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer消息携带NRPPa消息和终端设备的标识，该NRPPa消息用于请求接入网设备A获取定位测量辅助信息P。
需要说明的，该定位测量辅助信息P可以包括探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)Q和接入网设备B的标识。其中，接入网设备B可以为至少一个接入网设备，在此不做限定。
402、AMF网元向接入网设备A发送NRPPa消息。
其中，AMF网元向接入网设备A发送NRPPa消息，包括：AMF网元根据终端设备的标识，确定为该终端设备提供服务的接入网设备A；AMF网元向该接入网设备A发送NRPPa消息。
进一步的，AMF网元可以向接入网设备发送下行UE相关的NRPPa传输(downlink UE associated NRPPa transport)消息，下行UE相关的NRPPa传输消息携带NRPPa消息。
403、接入网设备A向终端设备发送NRPPa消息。
404、终端设备根据NRPPa消息，确定定位测量辅助信息P。
405、终端设备向接入网设备A发送定位测量辅助信息P。
406、接入网设备A向AMF网元发送定位测量辅助信息P。
其中，接入网设备A向AMF网元发送定位测量辅助信息P，包括：接入网设备A向AMF网元发送上行UE相关的NRPPa传输消息(uplink UE associated NRPPa transport)，该上行UE相关的NRPPa传输消息携带NRPPa消息，该NRPPa消息携带定位测量辅助信息P。
407、AMF网元向LMF网元发送定位测量辅助信息P。
其中，AMF网元向LMF网元发送定位测量辅助信息P，包括：AMF网元向LMF网元发送Namf_communication_N2infonotify消息，该Namf_communication_N2infonotify消息携带 NRPPa消息，该NRPPa消息携带定位测量辅助信息P。
408、LMF网元根据定位测量辅助信息P向AMF网元发送接入网设备A的标识、接入网设备B的标识和NRPPa消息。
其中，LMF网元根据定位测量辅助信息P向AMF网元发送NRPPa消息，包括：LMF网元根据定位测量辅助信息P向AMF网元发送Namf_communication_nonUEN2messagetransfer消息，该Namf_communication_nonUEN2messagetransfer消息携带参与定位测量的接入网设备的标识和NRPPa消息，该NRPPa消息包括探测参考信号Q。可以理解的，参与定位测量的接入网设备包括接入网设备A和接入网设备B。
409、AMF网元分别向接入网设备A和接入网设备B发送NRPPa消息。
其中，AMF网元分别向接入网设备A和接入网设备B发送NRPPa消息，包括：AMF网元根据参与定位测量的接入网设备的标识，分别向接入网设备A和接入网设备B发送下行非UE相关的NRPPa传输(downlink non UE associated NRPPa transport)消息携带NRPPa消息，该NRPPa消息包括探测参考信号Q。
410、接入网设备A向AMF网元发送接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据，接入网设备B向AMF网元发送接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据。
需要说明的，在接入网设备A向AMF网元发送接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据之前，接入网设备A可以根据探测参考信号Q，确定接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据。进一步的，接入网设备A向AMF网元发送接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据，包括：接入网设备A向AMF网元发送上行非UE相关的NRPPa传输(uplink non UE associated NRPPa transport)消息该上行非UE相关的NRPPa传输消息携带接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据。
另外，在接入网设备B向AMF网元发送接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据之前，接入网设备B可以根据探测参考信号Q，确定接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据。进一步的，接入网设备B向AMF网元发送接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据，包括：接入网设备B向AMF网元发送上行非UE相关的NRPPa传输(uplink non UE associated NRPPa transport)消息该上行非UE相关的NRPPa传输消息携带接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据。
可以理解的，在接入网设备B向AMF网元发送接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据之前，接入网设备A可以先向AMF网元发送接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据；接入网设备A也可以在接入网设备B向AMF网元发送接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据之后，向AMF网元发送接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据；接入网设备A向AMF网元发送接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据的时间可以与接入网设备B向AMF网元发送接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据的时间相同，在此不做限制。
411、AMF网元向LMF网元发送接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据和接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据。
其中，AMF网元可以向LMF网元发送Namf_communication_nonUEN2infonotify，该Namf_communication_nonUEN2infonotify携带接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据和接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据。
412、LMF网元根据接入网设备A对应的定位测量数据和接入网设备B对应的定位测量数据，确定终端设备的位置信息。
其中，LMF网元可以向AMF网元发送终端设备的位置信息。
可以理解的，LMF网元可以向AMF网元发送Namf_location_determinelocationresponse 消息。
其中，Namf_location_determinelocation response消息包括终端设备的位置信息。
进一步的，AMF网元可以向GMLC网元发送终端设备的位置信息。其中，AMF网元可以向GMLC网元发送Namf_location_providepositioninginfo response消息或位置响应消息。
其中，Namf_location_providepositioninginfo response消息或位置响应消息包括终端设备的位置信息。
综上，可以看出，有多种方式来实现对终端设备的定位。然而，在实际应用过程，很可能出现终端设备发生跨基站移动的情况。一般来说，一个基站的有效覆盖范围通常在几百米到几千米不等。例如在城区，由于建筑物较多，无线信号的穿透能力会衰减的比较厉害，导致基站有效的覆盖范围就较小。因此，终端设备在通信的过程中经常会发生跨基站移动。进一步的，结合图3或图4可以看出，上述的定位方案中均需要基站协助LMF网元完成对终端设备的定位测量。此时，如果终端设备发生跨基站移动，那么将导致无法完成对终端设备的定位测量。因此，在终端设备的定位过程和切换过程发生冲突时如何完成对终端设备的定位测量亟待解决。
基于此，提出本申请实施例提出一种定位方法以解决上述问题，下面对本申请实施例进行详细介绍。
参见图5，图5为本申请实施例提供的通信系统的基础架构。如图5所示，该通信系统可以包括终端设备50、接入网设备51、移动管理网元52、位置管理网元53和网关移动位置中心54。其中，终端设备50可以与接入网设备51进行通信，接入网设备51可以与移动管理网元52通信，移动管理网元52可以与位置管理网元53、网关移动位置中心54通信。
进一步的，终端设备50可以是芯片，也可以是包括芯片的用户设备。进一步的，终端设备50是用户侧的一种用于接收信号，或者，发送信号，或者，接收信号和发送信号的实体。终端设备50用于向用户提供语音服务和数据连通性服务中的一种或多种。可以理解的，当终端设备50为芯片时，该芯片可以包括处理器和接口。当终端设备50为包括芯片的用户设备时，终端设备50可以为包含无线收发功能、且可以与接入网设备配合为用户提供通讯服务的设备。具体地，终端设备50可以指用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备50也可以是无人机、物联网(internet of things，IoT)设备、WLAN中的站点(station，ST)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无绳电话、无线数据卡、平板型电脑、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)设备、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)终端、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备(也可以称为穿戴式智能设备)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。终端设备50也可以是设备到设备(device to device，D2D)设备，例如，电表、水表等。终端设备50还可以为5G系统中的终端，也 可以为下一代通信系统中的终端，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
接入网设备51可以是用于与终端设备50进行通信的芯片，也可以是用于与终端设备50、进行通信的包括芯片的设备。接入网设备51为网络侧的一种用于发送信号，或者，接收信号，或者，发送信号和接收信号的实体。可以理解的，当接入网设备51为芯片时，该芯片可以包括处理器和接口。当接入网设备51为包括芯片的设备时，接入网设备51可以为部署在无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)中为终端设备50提供无线通信功能的装置，例如可以为传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)、基站、各种形式的控制节点。例如，网络控制器、无线控制器、云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器等。具体的，接入网设备可以为各种形式的宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，接入点(access point，AP)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved nodeB，或home node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit，BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point，TRP)、发射点(transmitting point，TP)、移动交换中心)等，也可以为基站的天线面板。控制节点可以连接多个基站，并为多个基站覆盖下的多个终端配置资源。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同。例如，可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional node B，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，还可以是5G中的(new radio nodeB,gNB)，或者该接入网设备51可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G之后的网络中的网络侧设备或未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等，本申请对基站的具体名称不作限定。
移动管理网元52可以是芯片，也可以是包括芯片的设备。其中，移动管理网元52主要用于移动网络中的终端设备的注册、移动性管理、跟踪区更新流程。移动管理网元52终结了非接入层(non access stratum，NAS)消息、完成注册管理、连接管理以及可达性管理、分配跟踪区域列表(track area list，TA list)以及移动性管理等，并且透明路由会话管理(session management，SM)消息到会话管理网元。在5G通信中，移动管理网元52可以是核心网AMF网元，在未来通信如第6代(6th generation，6G)通信中，移动管理网元52仍可以是AMF网元，或者有其它名称，本申请对此不作限定。
位置管理网元53可以是芯片，也可以是包括芯片的设备。其中，位置管理网元53用于提供根据定位精度要求、时延要求等选择相应的定位方法、以及选择相应的通信协议来完成定位所需信息的交互。该位置管理网元53还用于为定位服务提供所需的其他信息，或者定位策略。在5G通信中，位置管理网元53可以是核心网LMF网元，在未来通信如第6代(6th generation，6G)通信中，位置管理网元53仍可以是LMF网元，或者有其它名称，本申请对此不作限定。
网关移动位置中心54可以是芯片，也可以是包括芯片的设备。网关移动位置中心54可以接收外部的网络功能或应用获取终端设备位置的请求，在验证该请求为允许的请求后向位置管理网元53请求获取终端设备的位置信息。以及，将获取到的终端设备的位置信息提供给外部的网络功能或应用。
可以理解的是，上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件，也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能，或者是平台(例如，云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。上述网元或者功能可划分出一个或多个服务，进一步，还可能会出现独立于网络功能存在的服务。在本申请中， 上述功能的实例、或上述功能中包括的服务的实例、或独立于网络功能存在的服务实例均可称为服务实例。需要说明，在本申请中，移动管理网元可以为第一移动管理网元。如果涉及移动管理网元切换的场景时，则移动管理网元可以为第一移动管理网元或第二移动管理网元。其中，第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，源移动管理网元是对终端设备进行切换之前为终端设备提供服务的移动管理网元。第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，目标移动管理网元是对终端设备进行切换之后为终端设备提供服务的移动管理网元。
下面结合图5介绍通过移动管理网元实现对终端设备进行定位测量的具体实施方式。具体的，参见图6，图6为本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法的示意图。图6中的网关移动位置中心为图5中的网关移动位置中心54，图6中的移动管理网元为图5中的移动管理网元52，图6中的位置管理网元为图5中的位置管理网元53，图6中的第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备为图5中的接入网设备51。如图6所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
601、网关移动位置中心向移动管理网元发送定位消息，相应的，移动管理网元接收网关移动位置中心发送的该定位消息。
可选的，网关移动位置中心向移动管理网元发送定位消息，包括：网关移动位置中心向移动管理网元发送Namf_location_providepositioninginforequest消息。
其中，该Namf_location_providepositioninginforequest消息包括定位消息。
其中，定位消息包括定位精度、定位类型、终端设备的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址和网关移动位置中心的标识等。可以理解的，网关移动位置中心的地址信息可以是网关移动位置中心的IP地址，也可以是网关移动位置中心的IP地址和端口号，在此不做限制。终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址可以为GMLC通知的反馈地址(GMLC notify callback URI)。
可选的，该定位消息用于使得移动管理网元向位置管理网元请求对与终端设备的标识对应的终端设备进行定位。
602、移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送终端设备的LCS能力和本地配置，相应的位置管理网元接收移动管理网元发送的终端设备的LCS能力和本地配置。
在步骤602之前，移动管理网元通过与网络功能存储功能网元通信来确定位置管理网元的地址信息和位置管理网元的标识，其具体的确定方式与现有方案相同，在此不加赘述。
其中，网络功能存储功能网元用于提供服务发现功能、维护核心网中有效NF网元的NF描述信息的功能，以及维护核心网中有效NF网元支持的服务的功能。其中，该服务发现功能是指从任一核心网的NF网元接收发现请求消息，并向该NF网元提供请求发现的目标NF网元的信息。在5G中，网络功能存储功能网元可以是NRF(network function repository function)网元，可以理解，在未来通信，负责网络功能注册和发现功能的网元仍可以是NRF网元，或有其它的名称，本申请不做限定。
其中，位置管理网元的地址信息可以是位置管理网元的互联网协议地址(internet protocol address)，也可以是位置管理网元的IP地址和端口号，在此不做限制。
可选的，移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送终端设备的LCS能力和本地配置，包括：移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送Namf_location_determinelocationrequest，Namf_location_determinelocationrequest包括终端设备的LCS能力和本地配置。
603、位置管理网元根据终端设备的LCS能力和本地配置确定向移动管理网元发送终端 设备的标识和第二定位请求，相应的，移动管理网元接收位置管理网元发送的终端设备的标识和第二定位请求。
可选的，第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量。即，第二定位请求用于请求对与该终端设备的标识对应的终端设备进行定位测量。
可选的，第二定位请求为第二LPP消息或第二NRPPa消息。其中，该第二LPP消息用于指示终端设备反馈终端设备位于第一小区时的定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息，该第二NRPPa消息用于获取第一定位测量辅助信息。
其中，第一定位测量辅助信息包括第一探测参考信号和第一小区的邻区的设备(例如第三接入网设备)的标识。可以理解的，第一小区为第一接入网设备的小区，第三接入网设备可以为至少一个接入网设备，在此不做限定。
604、移动管理网元根据终端设备的标识向第一接入网设备发送第二定位请求，相应的，第一接入网设备接收移动管理网元发送的第二定位请求。
可选的，移动管理网元根据终端设备的标识向第一接入网设备发送第二定位请求，包括：移动管理网元根据终端设备的标识向第一接入网设备发送下行非接入层传输(downlink NAS transport)消息，下行非接入层传输消息包括第二定位请求。
可选的，第一接入网设备接收移动管理网元发送的第二定位请求之后，第一接入网设备向终端设备发送第二定位请求，相应的，终端设备接收第一接入网设备发送的第二定位请求。若第二定位请求为第二LPP消息，终端设备根据第二定位请求获取终端设备位于第一小区时的定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息；若第二定位请求为第二NRPPa消息，终端设备根据第二定位请求获取第一定位测量辅助信息。接着，终端设备向第一接入网设备发送第二定位响应。若第二定位请求为第二LPP消息，第二定位响应为终端设备位于第一小区时的定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息；若第二定位请求为第二NRPPa消息，第二定位响应为第一定位测量辅助信息。
605、第一接入网设备向移动管理网元发送第二定位响应，相应的，移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二定位响应。
需要说明的，当终端设备不需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，即对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换不存在冲突时，后续步骤将按照现有方案执行，具体的可以参考图3中步骤307或图4步骤407-412，在此不加赘述。当移动管理网元获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，后续步骤将按照步骤606-609执行。
可选的，步骤606可以在步骤603之后、步骤604之前执行，或，在步骤604之后、步骤605之前执行，在此不做限制。进一步的，若步骤606在步骤603之后、步骤604之前执行，后续将不执行步骤604-605，后续步骤将按照步骤606-609执行。若步骤606在步骤604之后、步骤605之前执行，当移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二定位响应时，移动管理网元具体对该第二定位响应做何处理，在此不做限制。
606、移动管理网元获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第一消息，相应的，位置管理网元接收第一消息。
可选的，在本申请中，第一接入网设备是对终端设备进行切换之前为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备，第二接入网设备是对终端设备进行切换之后为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备。
可选的，第一消息用于通知位置管理网元终端设备所在位置需要发生变化，或，指示挂 起对终端设备的定位测量，或，用于指示对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。
可选的，终端设备所在位置包括以下至少一种：终端设备所在小区、终端设备所在接入网设备和终端设备所在跟踪区。
可选的，第一消息包括第一信息，第一信息用于通知位置管理网元终端设备所在位置发生变化，或，指示挂起对终端设备的定位测量，或，用于指示对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。该第一信息可以为第一消息中新增信元，在此不加限制。
可选的，该第一信息包括以下至少一种：用户永久标识(subscription permanent identifier，SUPI)、永久设备标识符(permanent equipment identifier，PEI)、通用公共用户标识(generic public subscription identifier，GPSI)、第一原因指示信息、第一切换状态、第二小区的标识、第二接入网设备的标识、跟踪区标识和位置服务关联标识(LCS Correlation ID)。
可选的，第一原因指示信息为Xn切换冲突。
可选的，第一切换状态包括以下一种：切换准备阶段和切换执行阶段。
可选的，位置服务关联标识可以是第一移动管理网元配置的，位置服务关联标识为第一移动管理网元与位置管理网元之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识。进一步的，位置服务关联标识为在第一接入网设备中用于标识定位服务的标识，尤其是在第一移动管理网元同时进行的定位服务中位置服务关联标识是唯一。位置服务关联标识是第一移动管理网元配置的，当与同一LMF有针对UE的多个定位服务请求过程正在进行时，位置服务关联标识能关联位置响应与位置请求(The identifier of a location session in NG-RAN.It should be unique for all concurrently active location sessions in a particular AMF.The Correlation ID is assigned by the AMF and enables association of the location response with the location request when more than one location service request procedure is ongoing for the UE with the same LMF.)。
可以理解的，当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，位置管理网元接收第一消息，并根据第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量。
可选的，位置管理网元根据第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量，包括：位置管理网元停止用于等待第二定位响应的定时器。可选的，步骤606可以执行或不执行，在此不加限制。
可选的，获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，或，接收第一切换请求时，移动管理网元向网关移动位置中心发送第三消息，相应的，网关移动位置中心接收移动管理网元发送的第三消息。
可选的，第三消息用于指示挂起对终端设备的定位测量，或，第三消息用于指示对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突，或，第三消息用于使得网关移动位置中心停止等待位置响应消息的定时器、使得网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户端延迟回复位置信息的消息以及使得网关移动位置中心进入异步等待位置信息的状态。
其中，位置响应消息包括终端设备位于第一小区时的位置信息。第三消息用于使得网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户端延迟回复位置信息的消息，即，第三消息用于使得网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户端延迟回复终端设备位于第一小区时的位置信息的消息。进一步的，位置响应消息其涉及的交互过程与现有方案相同，具体的，可以参考图3中步骤307或图4中步骤412，在此不加赘述。
其中，第三消息用于使得网关移动位置中心进入异步等待位置信息的状态，该位置信息 为终端设备位于第二小区时的位置信息。
可选的，第三消息为临时响应消息，该临时响应消息包括延迟位置响应(deferred location response)的标识。
607、移动管理网元获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，相应的，位置管理网元接收移动管理网元发送的第二消息。
可选的，第二消息用于通知位置管理网元终端设备所在位置已变化；或，
用于使得位置管理网元发送第一定位请求；或，
用于使得位置管理网元发送Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer消息。
可选的，第二消息包括第二信息。其中，第二信息用于通知位置管理网元终端设备所在位置已变化；或，使得位置管理网元发送第一定位请求；或，用于使得位置管理网元发送Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer消息。该第二信息可以为第二消息中新增信元，在此不加限制。
可选的，第二信息包括以下至少一种：用户永久标识(subscription permanent identifier，SUPI)、永久设备标识符(permanent equipment identifier，PEI)、通用公共用户标识(generic public subscription identifier，GPSI)、第二原因指示信息、第二切换状态、跟踪区标识和位置服务关联标识(LCS Correlation ID)。
可选的，第二原因指示信息为Xn切换完成和或N2切换完成。
可选的，第二切换状态包括切换完成阶段。
其中，Namf_communication_N1N2messagetransfer消息可以包括第一定位请求。
可选的，在第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备之间存在Xn接口时，第二原因指示信息为Xn切换完成。可选的，在涉及移动管理网元切换的场景时，第二原因指示信息为Xn切换完成和N2切换完成，或，N2切换完成。可选的，第一消息和第二消息可以携带在同一个消息中或两个不同的消息中。可选的，第一定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量。可以理解的，第一定位请求为第一LPP消息或第一NRPPa消息。其中，该第一LPP消息用于指示终端设备反馈终端设备位于第二小区时的定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息，该第一NRPPa消息用于获取第二定位测量辅助信息。其中，第二定位测量辅助信息包括第二探测参考信号和第二小区的邻区的设备(例如第四接入网设备)的标识。可以理解的，该第二小区为第二接入网设备的小区，第四接入网设备可以为至少一个接入网设备，在此不做限定。
可选的，位置管理网元接收移动管理网元发送的第二消息之前，该方法包括：当停止用于等待第二定位响应的定时器时，位置管理网元启动等待第二消息的定时器。
可选的，位置管理网元接收移动管理网元发送的第二消息，包括：当终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，位置管理网元接收移动管理网元发送的第二消息。
608、位置管理网元向移动管理网元发送第一定位请求，相应的，移动管理网元接收位置管理网元发送的第一定位请求。
可选的，位置管理网元向移动管理网元发送第一定位请求，包括：当等待第二消息的定时器超时之前，若接收到第二消息，位置管理网元则根据第二消息向移动管理网元发送第一定位请求。
可选的，当等待第二消息的定时器超时之前，若未接收到第二消息，位置管理网元则向移动管理网元发送定位失败消息。
609、移动管理网元向第二接入网设备发送第一定位请求，相应的，第二接入网设备接收移动管理网元发送的第一定位请求。
可选的，第二接入网设备接收移动管理网元发送的第一定位请求之后，第二接入网设备向终端设备发送第一定位请求，相应的，终端设备接收第二接入网设备发送的第一定位请求。若第一定位请求为第一LPP消息，终端设备根据第一定位请求获取终端设备位于第二小区时的定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息；若第一定位请求为第一NRPPa消息，终端设备根据第一定位请求获取第一定位测量辅助信息。接着，终端设备向第二接入网设备发送第一定位响应。若第一定位请求为第一LPP消息，第一定位响应为终端设备位于第二小区时的定位测量数据或终端设备的位置信息；若第一定位请求为第一NRPPa消息，第一定位响应为第一定位测量辅助信息。在步骤609之后，第二接入网设备向移动管理网元发送第一定位响应，相应的，移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的第一定位响应。进一步的，移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送第一定位响应，相应的，位置管理网元接收移动管理网元发送的第一定位响应。
可选的，若第一定位响应为终端设备位于第二小区时的定位测量数据，位置管理网元则根据终端设备位于第二小区时的定位测量数据，确定终端设备位于第二小区时的终端设备的位置信息。进一步的，位置管理网元向移动管理网元发送位于第二小区时的终端设备的位置信息，相应的，移动管理网元接收位置管理网元发送的位于第二小区时的终端设备的位置信息。接着，移动管理网元向网关移动位置中心发送位于第二小区时的终端设备的位置信息，相应的，网关移动位置中心接收移动管理网元发送的位于第二小区时的终端设备的位置信息。可选的，若第一定位响应为第一定位测量辅助信息，后续的步骤与现有方案相同，具体的可以参考图4中步骤408-412，在此不再赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过在获知终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第一消息，实现了挂起对终端设备的定位测量，从而避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。进一步的，通过在获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第二消息，实现了在切换完成时继续对终端设备进行定位测量。
下面结合图5介绍在第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备之间存在Xn接口时通过移动管理网元实现对终端设备进行定位测量的具体实施方式。其中，Xn接口为一个名称，该Xn接口可以为第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备之间的通信接口。在不同通信系统中可能会发生变化，但是其作用和功能是相似的，因此本申请使用该名称作为描述示例，而不对名称做限定。具体的，参见图7，图7是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图。图7中的网关移动位置中心为图5中的网关移动位置中心54，图7中的第二接入网设备可以为图5中的接入网设备51，图7中的移动管理网元为图5中的移动管理网元52，图7中的位置管理网元为图5中的位置管理网元53。如图7所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
701-703、与图6步骤601-603类似，相关描述可以参考图6中步骤601-603，在此不加赘述。需要说明的，针对步骤701-703，在参考步骤601-603时，步骤601-603涉及到的移动管理网元在步骤701-703中为第一移动管理网元。
可选的，在步骤703之后，第一移动管理网元根据终端设备的标识向第一接入网设备发送第二定位请求，相应的，第一接入网设备接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二定位请求。其 中，关于第二定位请求，可以参考图6步骤604的相关描述，在此不加赘述。接着，第一接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送第二定位响应，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二定位响应。其中，关于第二定位响应，可以参考图6步骤604的相关描述，在此不加赘述。
704、第二接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送路径切换请求，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的路径切换请求。
第一移动管理网元根据路径切换请求获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备。
其中，路径切换请求(path switch request)包括终端设备的标识。进一步的，该路径切换请求用于指示为该终端设备的标识对应的终端设备提供服务的设备为第二接入网设备。
需要说明的，本申请实施例中的步骤703与步骤704之间没有必然的执行先后顺序，可以先执行步骤703，再执行步骤704；也可以先执行步骤703，再执行步骤704；还可以同时执行步骤703和步骤704在此不做限制。
705、第一移动管理网元向第二接入网设备发送路径切换响应(path switch request ack)，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第一移动管理网元发送的路径切换响应。
可选的该路径切换响应用于指示第二接入网设备进行Xn切换。
其中，Xn切换可以指通过切换两个接入网设备之间的通信接口实现切换为终端设备提供服务的接入网设备。
706、第一移动管理网元根据路径切换请求获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第一消息，相应的，位置管理网元接收第一消息。
需要说明的，本申请实施例中的步骤705与步骤706之间没有必然的执行先后顺序，可以先执行步骤705，再执行步骤706；也可以先执行步骤706，再执行步骤705；还可以同时执行步骤705和步骤706。
由于第一移动管理网元根据接收第二定位请求以及路径切换请求，获知定位与切换发生冲突，将导致无法完成对终端设备的定位测量，因此第一移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送第一消息。其中，关于第一消息，可以参考图6的步骤606关于第一消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，步骤706与步骤606类似，相关描述可以参考步骤606，在此不加赘述。需要说明的，针对步骤706，在参考步骤606时，步骤606涉及到的移动管理网元在步骤706中为第一移动管理网元。
707、第一移动管理网元根据切换通知获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，相应的，位置管理网元接收移动管理网元发送的第二消息。
需要说明的，步骤707与步骤607类似，相关描述可以参考步骤607，在此不加赘述。需要说明的，针对步骤707，在参考步骤607时，步骤607涉及到的移动管理网元在步骤707中为第一移动管理网元。
需要说明的，第一移动管理网元可以通过接收来自第二接入网设备发送的切换通知来获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备。其中，切换通知用于指示终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备。
708-709、与图6中步骤608-609类似，相关描述可以参考图6中步骤608-609，在此不 加赘述。需要说明的，针对步骤708-709，在参考步骤608-609时，步骤608-609涉及到的移动管理网元在步骤708-709中为第一移动管理网元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收第二定位请求和路径切换请求，从而确定对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突，进而向位置管理网元发送第一消息，实现了挂起对终端设备的定位测量，从而避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。进一步的，通过在获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第二消息，实现了在切换完成时继续对终端设备进行定位测量。
进一步的，下面结合图5介绍在第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备之间无Xn接口时通过移动管理网元实现对终端设备进行定位测量的具体实施方式。具体的，参见图8，图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图。图8中终端设备为图5中的终端设备50，图8中的第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备可以为图5中的接入网设备51，图8中的第一移动管理网元、第二移动管理网元为图5中的移动管理网元52，图8中的位置管理网元为图5中的位置管理网元53。如图8所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
801-803、与图7中步骤701-703类似，相关描述可以参考图7中步骤701-703，在此不加赘述。
804、第一接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送第一切换请求，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第一切换请求。
其中，第一切换请求(handover required)包括第二接入网设备的标识。其中，第二接入网设备为第一接入网设备进行信号测量后信号质量最高的相邻的接入网设备。
可以理解的，第一移动管理网元可以根据第二接入网设备的标识，确定是否与第二接入网设备连接，若否，则执行步骤805-815；若是，则第一移动管理网元根据第一切换请求获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，向位置管理网元发送第一消息，后续步骤可以参考图7中步骤707-709，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，本申请实施例中的步骤803与步骤804之间没有必然的执行先后顺序，可以先执行步骤803，再执行步骤804；也可以先执行步骤803，再执行步骤804；还可以同时执行步骤803和步骤804在此不做限制。
805、第一移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元。
806、第一移动管理网元向第二移动管理网元发送定位第一上下文，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第一移动管理网元发送的定位第一上下文。
其中，定位第一上下文为第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的，定位第一上下文用于使得第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送第一消息。关于定位消息，可以参考图6的步骤601关于定位消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，定位第一上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识(LCS correlation ID)、位置服务路由标识(LCS routing ID)、位置管理网元的地址信息、位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。可以理解的，定位第一上下文可以包括位置服务关联标识、位置服务路由标识、位置管理网元的地址信息、位置管理网元的 标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状中的一种或任意组合，在此不做限制。
其中，N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状均在标准29.518中有定义。具体的，在该协议的章节6.1.6.2.13中定义了N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识的作用，在该协议的章节6.1.6.2.11中定义了N2接口消息通知订阅标识的作用，在该协议的章节6.4.6.3.3中定义了位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状的作用，在此不加赘述。
进一步的，位置服务关联标识，可以参考图6相关描述，在此不加赘述。位置服务路由标识可以是第一移动管理网元配置的。
需要说明的，位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识。
进一步的，位置服务路由标识在5G核心网中用于标识LMF(This IE is used to identify an LMF within the 5GC)。
其中，位置管理网元的地址信息，可以参考图6步骤602中的位置管理网元的地址信息，在此不加赘述。网关移动位置中心的地址信息，可以参考图6步骤601中的网关移动位置中心的地址信息，在此不加赘述。
另外，第一移动管理网元向第二移动管理网元发送定位第一上下文，包括：第一移动管理网元向第二移动管理网元发送第一前向转换请求(forward relocation request)，第一前向转换请求包括定位第一上下文。
807、第二移动管理网元根据定位第一上下文，向位置管理网元发送第一消息。
其中，定位第一上下文还可以包括位置服务挂起标识，位置服务挂起标识用于指示第一移动管理网元未向位置管理网元发送第一消息。可以理解的，第二移动管理网元根据定位第一上下文，向位置管理网元发送第一消息，包括：第二移动管理网元根据位置服务挂起标识，向位置管理网元发送第一消息。进一步的，第二移动管理网元可以根据位置服务挂起标识和位置管理网元的地址信息，向位置管理网元发送第一消息。
其中，关于第一消息，可以参考图6的步骤606关于第一消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
可选的，步骤807可以执行或不执行，在此不加限制。
可选的，步骤807可以被第一移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送第一消息替换。若第一移动管理网元已向位置管理网元发送第一消息，那么第二移动管理网元可以不向位置管理网元发送第一消息。
可选的，若步骤606不执行，且步骤807不执行，第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送第二消息，包括：第二移动管理网元根据定位第一上下文，向位置管理网元发送第二消息。可选的，若第二移动管理网元根据定位第一上下文，向位置管理网元发送第一消息，此时，第一消息包括位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识。
808、第二移动管理网元向第二接入网设备发送切换请求1，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第二移动管理网元发送的切换请求1。
可选的，切换请求1用于请求第二接入网设备为终端设备分配资源。
其中，当第二接入网设备接收第二移动管理网元发送的切换请求1时，第二接入网设备根据切换请求1为终端设备分配资源。
809、第二接入网设备向第二移动管理网元发送切换响应1，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的切换响应1。
可选的，切换响应1用于指示资源分配完成。
810、第二移动管理网元向第一移动管理网元发送第一前向转换响应，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第二移动管理网元发送的第一前向转换响应。
其中，该第一前向转换响应用于指示为终端设备的提供的服务的移动管理网元已切换至第二移动管理网元。
811、第一移动管理网元向第一接入网设备发送第一切换响应(handover request ack)，相应的，第一接入网设备接收第一移动管理网元发送的第一切换响应。
其中，第一切换响应用于使得第一接入网设备进行切换。
812、第一接入网设备向终端设备发送切换请求2，相应的，终端设备接收第一接入网设备发送的切换请求2。
可选的，该切换请求2用于通知终端设备需要切换至第二接入网设备。终端设备接收第一接入网设备发送的切换请求2后，根据切换请求2进行切换。终端设备在切换完成后，向第二接入网设备发送切换通知。其中，切换通知用于指示终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备。
需要说明的，在本申请中，终端设备与接入网设备(包括第一接入网设备和第二网接入设备)之间的交互过程(如步骤812、813)，可以采用RRC信令实现，在此不做限制。
813、终端设备向第二接入网设备发送切换通知，相应的，第二接入网设备接收终端设备发送的切换通知。
814、第二接入网设备向第二移动管理网元发送切换通知，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的切换通知。
815、第二移动管理网元根据切换通知获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，相应的，位置管理网元接收移动管理网元发送的第二消息。
进一步的，第二移动管理网元根据切换通知获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第二消息，包括：第二移动管理网元根据切换通知获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，且终端设备已切换至第二移动管理网元，则向位置管理网元发送第二消息。
需要说明的，在本申请中，本申请实施例中的步骤810与步骤815之间没有必然的执行先后顺序，可以先执行步骤810，再执行步骤815；也可以先执行步骤810，再执行步骤815；还可以同时执行步骤810和步骤815在此不做限制。
可选的，位置管理网元接收第二移动管理网元发送的第二消息之前，该方法包括：当停止用于等待第二定位响应的定时器时，位置管理网元启动等待第二消息的定时器。
可选的，位置管理网元接收第二移动管理网元发送的第二消息，包括：当终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，位置管理网元接收第二移动管理网元发送的第二消息。
816、位置管理网元向第二移动管理网元发送第一定位请求，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收位置管理网元发送的第一定位请求。
可选的，位置管理网元向第二移动管理网元发送第一定位请求，包括：当等待第二消息 的定时器超时之前，若接收到第二消息，位置管理网元则根据第二消息向第二移动管理网元发送第一定位请求。
可选的，当等待第二消息的定时器超时之前，若未接收到第二消息，位置管理网元则向第二移动管理网元发送定位失败消息。
817、第二移动管理网元向第二接入网设备发送第一定位请求，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第二移动管理网元发送的第一定位请求。
可选的，步骤817，与图6中步骤609类似，相关描述可以参考图6中步骤609，在此不加赘述。需要说明的，针对步骤817，在参考步骤609时，步骤609涉及到的移动管理网元在步骤817中为第二移动管理网元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收第二定位请求和第一切换请求，从而确定对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。当获知到第一移动管理网元未与第二接入网设备有连接关系时，通过选择第二移动管理网元，并将定位上下文传输给第二移动管理网元，从而为后续基于定位上下文发送第一消息做准备。同时，通过向位置管理网元发送第一消息，实现了挂起对终端设备的定位测量，从而避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。进一步的，通过在获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第二消息，实现了继续对终端设备的定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，该方法还包括：第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，以使得位置管理网元获知第二移动管理网元是为终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者终端设备已从第一移动管理网元切换至第二移动管理网元。
可选的，第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，包括：第二移动管理网元根据位置管理网元的地址信息，向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识。
可选的，第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，包括：第二移动管理网元根据位置管理网元的地址信息，向位置管理网元发送Nlmf_location_updatelocation请求，该Nlmf_location_updatelocation请求包括位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识。
其中，关于位置服务关联标识，可以参考图8步骤806中位置服务关联标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识可以参考图8步骤806中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，在本申请中，Nlmf_location为位置管理网元提供的一种服务，在5G核心网中的位置管理网元可以利用Nlmf_location与移动管理网元交互。
进一步的，当位置管理网元接收位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识后，位置管理网元向第二移动管理网元发送Nlmf_location_updatelocation响应。相应的，第二移动管理网元接收位置管理网元发送的Nlmf_location_updatelocation响应，根据该Nlmf_location_updatelocation响应，第二移动管理网元可以确定位置管理网元已确认并接受第二移动管理网元是为终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者终端设备已从第一移动管理网元切换至第二移动管理网元。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在移动管理网元变化时位置管理网元获知新的移动管理网元为合法网元，避免出现位置管理网元不处理来自新的移动管理网元的信息的问题。 同时，也实现了位置管理网元即时获知为终端设备的提供服务的移动网元已变化。
进一步的，下面结合图5介绍通过第二接入网设备实现对终端设备进行定位测量的具体实施方式。具体的，参见图9，图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图。图9中终端设备为图5中的终端设备50，图9中的第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备可以为图5中的接入网设备51。如图9所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
901-902、与图6步骤601-602类似，相关描述可以参考图6中步骤601-602，在此不加赘述。
903、位置管理网元根据终端设备的LCS能力和本地配置确定向移动管理网元发送终端设备的标识和定位指令，相应的，移动管理网元接收位置管理网元发送的终端设备的标识和定位指令。
其中，定位指令为位置管理网元首次发送给第一接入网设备的。
可选的，定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息。可以理解的，定位指令可以为NRPPa消息。
需要说明的，若终端设备处于第一小区或第一接入网设备的波束覆盖范围内，即，终端设备未切换至第二接入网设备之前，定位指令与第二定位请求相同。此时，定位指令用于使得终端设备获取第二定位测量辅助信息，关于第二定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图6步骤603中第二定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。若终端设备处于第二小区或第二接入网设备的波束覆盖范围内，即，终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，定位指令与第一定位请求相同。此时，定位指令用于使得终端设备获取第一定位测量辅助信息，关于第一定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图6步骤602中第一定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
904、移动管理网元根据终端设备的标识向第一接入网设备发送定位指令和位置服务路由标识，相应的，接入网设备接收移动管理网元发送的定位指令和位置服务路由标识。
其中，移动管理网元根据终端设备的标识向第一接入网设备发送定位指令和位置服务路由标识，包括：第一移动管理网元向第一接入网设备发送下行N2传输(downlink N2 transport)消息，下行N2传输消息包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识。
可选的，第一接入网设备接收移动管理网元发送的定位指令和位置服务路由标识之后，第一接入网设备向终端设备发送定位指令，相应的，终端设备接收第一接入网设备发送的定位指令。终端设备根据定位指令获取第二定位测量辅助信息。接着，终端设备向第一接入网设备发送第二定位响应，第二定位响应为第二定位测量辅助信息。
905、第一接入网设备向移动管理网元发送第二定位响应，相应的，移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二定位响应。
需要说明的，当终端设备不需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，即对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换不存在冲突时，后续步骤将按照现有方案执行，具体的可以参考图4步骤407-412，在此不加赘述。当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，后续步骤将按照步骤906-908执行。
可选的，步骤906可以在步骤903之后、步骤904之前执行，或，在步骤904之后、步骤905之前执行，在此不做限制。进一步的，若步骤906在步骤903之后、步骤904之前执行，后续将不执行步骤904-905，后续步骤将按照步骤906-908执行。若步骤906在步骤904之后、步骤905之前执行，当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，移 动管理网元具体对该第二定位响应做何处理，在此不做限制。
906、当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，第二接入网设备接收第二切换请求，第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识。
其中，关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图8步骤806中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。
可选的，第二接入网设备接收第二切换请求，包括：第二接入网设备接收第一接入网设备或第一移动管理网元或第二移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求。
可选的，获知终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备切换，第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第一接入网设备发送的第二切换请求。
可选的，获知终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备切换，第一接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送第二切换请求，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二切换请求。接着，第一移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求。
可选的，获知终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备切换，第一接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送第二切换请求，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二切换请求。接着，第一移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元。然后，第一移动管理网元向第二移动管理网元发送第二接入网设备的标识、定位指令和位置服务路由标识，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二接入网设备的标识、定位指令和位置服务路由标识。最后，第二移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第二移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求。
907、第二接入网设备获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
可以理解的，第二接入网设备获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，终端设备处于第二小区或第二接入网设备的波束覆盖范围内，那么，终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息为第二定位测量辅助信息。
进一步的，第二接入设备可以通过与终端设备进行信令交互，来获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，具体的信令交互方式在本申请中不做限制。
908、第二接入网设备向移动管理网元发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，相应的，移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
需要说明的，在步骤908之后，后续的步骤与现有方案相同，具体的可以参考图4中步骤408-412，在此不再赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，通过接收第二切换请求，该第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，从而确定对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。进一步的，通过获知切换完成时，根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，从而为后续继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。同时，也避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
进一步的，下面结合图5介绍在第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备之间存在Xn接口时通过第二接入网设备实现对终端设备进行定位测量的具体实施方式。具体的，参见图10，图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图。图10中的第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备可以为图5中的接入网设备51，图10中的第一移动管理网元为图5中的移动管理网元52，图10中的位置管理网元为图5中的位置管理网元53。如图10所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
1001-1004、与图9步骤901-904类似，相关描述可以参考图9中步骤901-904，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，针对步骤1001-1004，在参考步骤901-904时，步骤901-904涉及到的移动管理网元在步骤1001-1004中为第一移动管理网元。
可选的，在步骤1004之后，第一接入网设备向移动管理网元发送第二定位响应，相应的，移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二定位响应。当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，移动管理网元具体对该第二定位响应做何处理，在此不做限制。
1005、获知终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备切换，第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第一接入网设备发送的第二切换请求。
可选的，第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识。
其中，关于定位指令，可以参考图9步骤903中定位指令的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图9步骤906中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，本申请实施例中的步骤1004与步骤1005之间没有必然的执行先后顺序，可以先执行步骤1004，再执行步骤1005；也可以先执行步骤1004，再执行步骤1005；还可以同时执行步骤1004和步骤1005在此不做限制。
1006、第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第二切换响应(handover request ack)，相应的，第一接入网设备接收第二接入网设备发送的第二切换响应。
可选的，第二切换响应用于指示第一接入网设备进行切换。
1007、第二接入网设备获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
其中，关于终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图9步骤907中终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，本申请实施例中的步骤1006与步骤1007之间没有必然的执行先后顺序，可以先执行步骤1006，再执行步骤1007；也可以先执行步骤1006，再执行步骤1007；还可以同时执行步骤1006和步骤1007在此不做限制。
1008、第二接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
其中，终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息为第一定位测量辅助信息，关于第一定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图6步骤602中第一定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
另外，在步骤1008之后，后续步骤可以参考图4中的步骤407至步骤412，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收第一接入网设备发送的第二切换请求，该第二切 换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，从而确定对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换冲突。进一步的，通过获知切换完成时，根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，从而为后续继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。同时，也避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
在一种可能的实施方式中，该方法还包括：第二接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送路径切换请求。其中，关于路径切换请求，可以参考图7步骤704中路径切换请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
在一种可能的实施方式中，该方法还包括：第一移动管理网元向第二接入网设备发送路径切换响应，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第一移动管理网元发送的路径切换响应。其中，关于路径切换响应，可以参考图7步骤705中路径切换响应的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了通知第一移动管理网元为终端设备提供服务的设备已变成第二接入网设备。
进一步的，下面结合图5介绍在第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备之间无Xn接口时通过第二接入网设备与第一移动管理网元进行交互实现对终端设备进行定位测量的具体实施方式。具体的，参见图11，图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图。图11中的第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备可以为图5中的接入网设备51，图11中的第一移动管理网元为图5中的移动管理网元52，图11中的位置管理网元为图5中的位置管理网元53。如图11所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
1101-1104、与图9步骤901-904类似，相关描述可以参考图9中步骤901-904，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，针对步骤1101-1104，在参考步骤901-904时，步骤901-904涉及到的移动管理网元在步骤1101-1104中为第一移动管理网元。
可选的，在步骤1104之后，第一接入网设备向移动管理网元发送第二定位响应，相应的，移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二定位响应。当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，移动管理网元具体对该第二定位响应做何处理，在此不做限制。
1105、获知终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备切换，第一接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送第二切换请求，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二切换请求。
其中，第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，定位指令和位置服务路由标识可以是第二切换请求中新增信元，也可以是第二切换请求的源到目标传输容器(source to target transport container)信元中的新增子信元，在此不做限制。
其中，关于定位指令，可以参考图9步骤903中定位指令的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图9步骤906中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，本申请实施例中的步骤1104与步骤1105之间没有必然的执行先后顺序，可以先执行步骤1104，再执行步骤1105；也可以先执行步骤1104，再执行步骤1105；还可以同时执行步骤1104和步骤1105在此不做限制。
可以理解的，若第一接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送第二切换请求，那么，第二切换请求还可以包括第二接入网设备的标识。其中，第二接入网设备为第一接入网设备进行信 号测量后信号质量最高的相邻接入网设备。
1106、第一移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求。
可选的，第一移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，该第二切换请求用于请求第二接入网设备为终端设备分配资源。
其中，当第二接入网设备接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求时，第二接入网设备根据第二切换请求为终端设备分配资源。
1107、第二接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送第二切换响应，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的第二切换响应。
其中，第二切换响应用于指示资源分配完成。
1108、第一移动管理网元向第一接入网设备发送切换要求3，相应的，第一接入网设备接收第一移动管理网元发送的切换要求3。
其中，切换要求3用于使得第一接入网设备进行切换。
可选的，该切换请求3用于通知终端设备需要切换至第二接入网设备。终端设备接收第一接入网设备发送的切换请求3后，根据切换请求3进行切换。终端设备在切换完成后，向第二接入网设备发送切换通知。其中，切换通知用于指示终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备。
1109、第一接入网设备向终端设备发送切换要求3，相应的，终端设备接收第一接入网设备发送的切换要求3。
1110、与图8步骤814类似，相关描述可以参考图8中步骤814，在此不加赘述。
1111、第二接入网设备根据切换通知获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，则根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
其中，终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息为第一定位测量辅助信息，关于第一定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图6步骤602中第一定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
1112、第二接入网设备向第一移动管理网元发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
另外，在步骤1112之后，后续的步骤与现有方案相同，具体的可以参考图4中步骤408-412，在此不再赘述。
可以上述方案中，通过接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求，该第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，从而确定对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换冲突。进一步的，通过获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，从而为后续继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。同时，也避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
进一步的，下面结合图5介绍在第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备之间无Xn接口时通过第二接入网设备与第二移动管理网元进行交互实现对终端设备进行定位测量的具体实施方式。具体的，参见图12，图12是本申请实施例提供的又一种定位方法的示意图。图12中的第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备可以为图5中的接入网设备51，图12中的第一移动管理网元、第二移动管理网元为图5中的移动管理网元52。如图12所示，该方法包括但不限于以下步骤：
1201-1205、与图11步骤1101-1105类似，相关描述可以参考图11中步骤1101-1105，在此不加赘述。
可选的，在步骤1204之后，第一接入网设备向移动管理网元发送第二定位响应，相应的，移动管理网元接收第一接入网设备发送的第二定位响应。当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，移动管理网元具体对该第二定位响应做何处理，在此不做限制。
可以理解的，第一移动管理网元可以根据第二接入网设备的标识，确定是否与第二接入网设备连接，若否，则执行步骤1206-1215；若是，则可以参考图11中步骤1106-1112，在此不加赘述。
1206、第一移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元。
1207、第一移动管理网元向第二移动管理网元发送第二接入网设备的标识、定位指令和位置服务路由标识，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二接入网设备的标识、定位指令和位置服务路由标识。
其中，第一移动管理网元还可以向第二移动管理网元发送定位第二上下文，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第一移动管理网元发送的定位第二上下文。
其中，定位第二上下文为第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的，定位第二上下文用于使得第二移动管理网元向第二接入网设备发送定位指令和位置服务路由标识。关于定位消息，可以参考图6的步骤601关于定位消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，定位第二上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、位置管理网元的地址信息、位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。可以理解的，定位第二上下文可以包括位置服务关联标识、位置管理网元的地址信息、位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状中的一种或任意组合，在此不做限制。
进一步的，关于位置服务关联标识，可以参考图8步骤806中位置服务关联标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图8步骤806中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置管理网元的地址信息，可以参考图6步骤602中的位置管理网元的地址信息，在此不加赘述。关于网关移动位置中心的地址信息，可以参考图6步骤602中的网关移动位置中心的地址信息，在此不加赘述。关于N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状，可以参考图8步骤806中N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状的描述，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，定位第二上下文不包括位置服务挂起标识。
可选的，第一移动管理网元可以向第二移动管理网元发送第二前向转换请求(forward relocation request)，第二前向转换请求包括定位第二上下文、位置服务路由标识、定位指令和第二接入网设备的标识。进一步的，位置服务路由标识和定位指令是第二前向转换请求中新 增信元，也可以是第二前向转换请求中的源到目标传输容器(source to target transport container)信元中的新增子信元，在此不做限制。
1208、第二移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，相应的，第二接入网设备接收第二移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求。
其中，第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，定位指令和位置服务路由标识可以是第二切换请求中新增信元，也可以是第二切换请求的源到目标传输容器(source to target transport container)信元中的新增子信元，在此不做限制。
可选的，第二移动管理网元根据第二接入网设备的标识向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，该第二切换请求用于请求第二接入网设备为终端设备分配资源。
其中，当第二接入网设备接收第二移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求时，第二接入网设备根据第二切换请求为终端设备分配资源。
1209、第二接入网设备向第二移动管理网元发送第二切换响应，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的第二切换响应。
其中，第二切换响应用于指示资源分配完成。
1210、第二移动管理向第一移动管理网元发送第二前向转换响应，相应的，第一移动管理网元接收第二移动管理网元发送的第一前向转换响应。
其中，该第二前向转换响应用于指示为终端设备的提供的服务的移动管理网元已切换至第二移动管理网元。
1211-1213、与图8中步骤811-813类似，相关描述可以参考图8中步骤811-813，在此不加赘述。
可选的，在步骤1213之后，第二接入网设备向第二移动管理网元发送切换通知，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的切换通知。
其中，切换通知用于指示终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备。
1214、第二接入网设备根据切换通知获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，则根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
其中，终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息为第一定位测量辅助信息，关于第一定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图6步骤602中第一定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
需要说明的，在本申请中，本申请实施例中的步骤1210与步骤1214之间没有必然的执行先后顺序，可以先执行步骤1210，再执行步骤1214；也可以先执行步骤1210，再执行步骤1214；还可以同时执行步骤1210和步骤1214在此不做限制。
可选的，在步骤1214之后，步骤1215之前，第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，以使得位置管理网元获知第二移动管理网元是为终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者终端设备已从第一移动管理网元切换至第二移动管理网元。
可选的，第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，包括：第二移动管理网元根据位置管理网元的地址信息，向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识。
可选的，第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，包括：第二移动管理网元根据位置管理网元的地址信息，向位置管理网元发送Nlmf_location_updatelocation请求，该Nlmf_location_updatelocation请求包括位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识。
其中，关于位置服务关联标识，可以参考图8步骤806中位置服务关联标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识可以参考图8步骤806中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。
1215、第二接入网设备向第二移动管理网元发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，相应的，第二移动管理网元接收第二接入网设备发送的终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
另外，在步骤1215之后，后续的步骤与现有方案相同，具体的可以参考图4中步骤408-412，在此不再赘述。
可以上述方案中，通过接收第二移动管理网元发送的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，从而确定对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换冲突。进一步的，通过获知切换完成时，根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，从而为后续继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。同时，也避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
另外，在一种可能的实施方式中，在执行完图6中步骤601-603之后，第一移动管理网元获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，则在获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备之后，向第二接入网设备发送第二定位请求。
其中，关于第二定位请求，可以参考图6步骤603中第二定位请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可选的，关于第一移动管理网元获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，可以参考上述图6-图8的相关描述，在此不加赘述。关于第一移动管理网元获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，可以参考上述图6-图8的相关描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时暂缓向第二接入网设备发送第二定位请求，避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。同时，在获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备之后，向第二接入网设备发送第二定位请求，实现了继续对终端设备进行定位测量。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，上述实现各网元为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对移动管理网元、位置管理网元、第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备或其他网络设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中，上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，参见图13，图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的 结构示意图。该通信装置1300可应用于上述图6至图8所示的方法中，如图13所示，该通信装置1300包括：处理模块1301和收发模块1302。处理模块1301可以是一个或多个处理器，收发模块1302可以是收发器或者通信接口。该通信装置可用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及移动管理网元、位置管理网元、第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备，或用于实现上述任一方法实施例中涉及网元的功能。例如，该通信装置可以是核心网中的AMF网元、LMF网元，或者也可以是第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备。该网元或者网络功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件，也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能，或者是平台(例如，云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。可选的，该通信装置1300还可以包括存储模块1303，用于存储通信装置1300的程序代码和数据。
一种实例，当该通信装置作为移动管理网元或为应用于移动管理网元中的芯片，并执行上述方法实施例中由移动管理网元执行的步骤。收发模块1302，用于支持与位置管理网元、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备或网关移动位置中心等之间的通信，具体执行图6-图12中由移动管理网元执行的发送和或接收的动作，例如支持移动管理网元执行步骤602、步骤705和步骤806中的一个或多个步骤，和或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块1301可用于支持通信装置1300执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如，支持移动管理网元执行步骤805，和或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在一种可能的实施方式中，具体如下：
处理模块1301，用于获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备；获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备；
收发模块1302，用于向位置管理网元发送第一消息，第一消息用于指示挂起对终端设备的定位测量；向位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，第一定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量。
其中，关于第一消息，可以参考图6-图8关于第一消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第二消息，可以参考图6-图8关于第二消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第一定位请求，可以参考图6-图8关于第一定位请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过在获知终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第一消息，实现了挂起对终端设备的定位测量，从而避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。进一步的，通过在获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，向位置管理网元发送第二消息，实现了在切换完成时继续对终端设备进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，在向位置管理网元发送第一消息之前，
收发模块1302，还用于接收到第二定位请求，第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量；接收第一切换请求。
其中，关于第二定位请求，可以参考图6关于第二定位请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第一切换请求，可以参考图7或图8关于第一切换请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收第二定位请求和第一切换请求，从而确定在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突，为后续挂起对终端设备的定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在接收第一切换请求时，收发模块1302，用于接收第一接入网设备发送的第一切换请求；或，接收第二接入网设备发送的路径切换请求。
其中，关于第一切换请求，可以参考图7或图8关于第一切换请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于路径切换请求，可以参考图7关于路径切换请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了多种方式获取切换请求，从而为后续确定在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换存在冲突做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，第一切换请求包括第二接入网设备的标识，
处理模块1301，还用于根据第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，其中第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
收发模块1302，还用于向第二移动管理网元发送定位第一上下文，定位第一上下文为第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
其中，关于定位第一上下文，可以参考图8关于定位第一上下文的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在第一移动管理网元确定与第二接入网设备无连接时选择新的移动管理网元，并将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元。因此，新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息实现对终端设备的定位测量，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时对终端设备的定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，定位第一上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、位置服务路由标识、位置管理网元的地址信息、位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息和终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址。
其中，关于位置服务关联标识，可以参考图8中位置服务关联标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识可以参考图8中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置管理网元的地址信息，可以参考图6中的位置管理网元的地址信息，在此不加赘述。网关移动位置中心的地址信息，可以参考图6中的网关移动位置中心的地址信息，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元，让新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息实现对终端设备的定位测量，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时对终端设备的定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，定位第一上下文还包括位置服务挂起标识，在第二移动管理网元根据终端设备的定位第一上下文，向位置管理网元发送第一消息时，收发模块1302，用于根据位置服务挂起标识，向位置管理网元发送第一消息。
其中，关于位置服务挂起标识，可以参考图8关于位置服务挂起标识的描述，在此不加赘述。其中，关于第一消息，可以参考图8关于第一消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在移动管理网元变化后，新的移动管理网元可以向位置管理网元发送第一消息，从而实现挂起对终端设备的定位测量，从而避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在一种可能的实施方式中，处理模块1301，用于获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备；
收发模块1302，用于向网关移动位置中心发送第三消息，第三消息用于使得网关移动位置中心停止等待位置响应消息的定时器、使得网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户 端延迟回复位置信息的消息、以及所述网关移动位置中心进入异步等待位置信息的状态。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行存在切换冲突时停止等待位置响应消息的定时器，避免了定时器超时导致的定位测量失败的问题。同时，也实现了让网关移动位置中心进入异步等待位置信息的状态。
一种实例，当该通信装置作为位置管理网元或为应用于位置管理网元中的芯片，并执行上述方法实施例中由位置管理网元执行的步骤。收发模块1302，用于支持与移动管理网元之间的通信，具体执行图6-图12中由位置管理网元执行的发送和或接收的动作，例如支持位置管理网元执行步骤608和步骤903中的一个或多个步骤，和或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块1301可用于支持通信装置1300执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如，支持移动管理网元执行步骤603，和或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在一种可能的实施方式中，具体如下：
收发模块1302，用于向第一移动管理网元发送第二定位请求，第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量；当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第一消息；
处理模块1301，用于根据第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量；
收发模块1302，用于当终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第二消息，并根据第二消息发送第一定位请求，第一定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量。
其中，关于第二定位请求，可以参考图6关于第二定位请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第一消息，可以参考图6-图8关于第一消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第二消息，可以参考图6-图8关于第二消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第一定位请求，可以参考图6关于第一定位请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第一消息，并根据第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量，避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。同时，当终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第二消息，并根据第二消息发送第一定位请求，实现了在切换完成时继续对终端设备进行定位测量。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在接收第一消息时，
收发模块1302，用于接收第一移动管理网元发送的第一消息；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的第一消息；
其中，第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
其中，关于第一消息，可以参考图6-图8关于第一消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了通过多种方式获取第一消息，从而为后续根据第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在接收第二消息时，
收发模块，用于接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二消息；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的第二消息；
其中，第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
其中，关于第二消息，可以参考图6-图8关于第二消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了通过多种方式获取第一消息，从而为后续根据第一 消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在根据第二消息发送第一定位请求时，
收发模块，用于根据第二消息，向第一移动管理网元发送第一定位请求；或，
根据第二消息，向第二移动管理网元发送第一定位请求。
其中，关于第二消息，可以参考图6-图8关于第二消息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第一定位请求，可以参考图6关于第一定位请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了通过多种方式获取第二消息，为后续发送第一定位请求以实现继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，收发模块1302，还用于接收第二移动管理网元发送的位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识；
处理模块1301，还用于根据位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识获知第二移动管理网元是为终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者终端设备已从第一移动管理网元切换至第二移动管理网元。
其中，关于位置服务关联标识，可以参考图8中位置服务关联标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识可以参考图8中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在移动管理网元变化时位置管理网元获知新的移动管理网元为合法网元，避免出现位置管理网元不处理来自新的移动管理网元的信息的问题。同时，也实现了位置管理网元即时获知为终端设备的提供服务的移动网元已变化。
一种实例，当该通信装置作为第二接入网设备或为应用于第二接入网设备中的芯片，并执行上述方法实施例中由第二接入网设备执行的步骤。收发模块1302，用于支持与移动管理网元、第一接入网设备、终端设备等之间的通信，具体执行图6-图12中由第二接入网设备执行的发送和或接收的动作，例如支持第二接入网设备执行步骤704和步骤809中的一个或多个步骤，和或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块1301可用于支持通信装置1300执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如，支持第二接入网设备执行步骤1111，和或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在一种可能的实施方式中，具体如下：
收发模块1302，用于当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第二切换请求，第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
处理模块1301，用于获知终端设备已切换至第二接入网设备，则根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；
收发模块1302，用于发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
其中，关于定位指令，可以参考图9中定位指令的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图9中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图9中终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，通过接收第二切换请求，该第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，从而确定 对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。进一步的，通过获知切换完成时，根据定位指令和位置服务路由标识，获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，从而为后续继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。同时，也避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在接收第二切换请求时，收发模块1302，用于
接收第一接入网设备发送的第二切换请求；或，
接收第一移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求；或，
接收第二移动管理网元发送的第二切换请求；
其中，第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
其中，关于第二切换请求，可以参考图9-图12中第二切换请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了多种方式获取第二切换请求，从而为确定对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换存在冲突做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息时，收发模块1302，用于
向第一移动管理网元发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；或，
向第二移动管理网元发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
其中，关于终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图9中终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了向第一移动管理网元或第二移动管理网元发送终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，从而为后续第一移动管理网元或第二移动管理网元将终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息发送给位置管理网元做准备。
一种实例，当该通信装置作为第一接入网设备或为应用于第一接入网设备中的芯片，并执行上述方法实施例中由第一接入网设备执行的步骤。收发模块1302，用于支持与移动管理网元、第二接入网设备、终端设备等之间的通信，具体执行图6-图12中由第一接入网设备执行的发送和或接收的动作，例如支持第一接入网设备执行步骤604和步骤1109中的一个或多个步骤，和或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块1301可用于支持通信装置1300执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如，支持第一接入网设备执行步骤1005，和或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在一种可能的实施方式中，具体如下：收发模块1302，用于接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
处理模块1301，用于获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备；
收发模块1302，用于发送第二切换请求，第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识。
其中，关于定位指令，可以参考图9中定位指令的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图9中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图9中终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第二切换请求，可以参考图9-图12中第二切换请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，以及获知到终端设备准备从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，从而确定对终端设备进行定位测量和对终端设备进行切换存在冲突。进一步的，发送第二切换请求，从而为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。同时，也避免了在对终端设备进行定位测量与对终端设备进行切换冲突时对终端设备进行定位测量失败的问题。
在一种可能的实施方式中，在发送第二切换请求时，收发模块1302，用于
向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求；或，
通过第一移动管理网元发送第二切换请求。
其中，关于第二切换请求，可以参考图9-图12中第二切换请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了多种方式发送第二切换请求，从而为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
一种实例，当该通信装置作为移动管理网元或为应用于移动管理网元中的芯片，并执行上述方法实施例中由移动管理网元执行的步骤。收发模块1302，用于支持与位置管理网元、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备或网关移动位置中心等之间的通信，具体执行图6-图12中由移动管理网元执行的发送和或接收的动作，例如支持移动管理网元执行步骤1106、步骤1108和步骤1208中的一个或多个步骤，和或用于本文中所描述的技术的其他过程。处理模块1301可用于支持通信装置1300执行上述方法实施例中的处理动作，例如，支持移动管理网元执行步骤1206，和或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在一种可能的实施方式中，具体如下：
收发模块1302，用于接收来自第一接入网设备的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识。
其中，关于定位指令，可以参考图9中定位指令的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图9中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，可以参考图9中终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息的描述，在此不加赘述。
其中，关于第二切换请求，可以参考图9-图12中第二切换请求的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过接收来自第一接入网设备的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，移动管理网元还包括处理模块1301，若移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，第二切换请求包括第二接入网设备的标识，
处理模块1301，还用于根据第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
收发模块1302，还用于向第二移动管理网元发送定位指令、位置服务路由标识和定位第 二上下文，定位第二上下文为第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
其中，关于定位指令，可以参考图9定位指令的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图9中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于定位第二上下文，可以参考图12中定位第二上下文的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在第一移动管理网元确定与第二接入网设备无连接时选择新的移动管理网元，并将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元。因此，新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，定位第二上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、位置管理网元的地址信息，位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息和终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址。
进一步的，关于位置服务关联标识，可以参考图8中位置服务关联标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图8中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置管理网元的地址信息，可以参考图6中的位置管理网元的地址信息，在此不加赘述。关于网关移动位置中心的地址信息，可以参考图6中的网关移动位置中心的地址信息，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，通过将定位相关的信息发送给新的移动管理网元，让新的移动管理网元可以基于定位相关的信息向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，从而实现了在移动管理网元变化时向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，为后续获取终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，继续对终端设备进行定位测量做准备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，若移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，
收发模块1302，还用于向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，以使得位置管理网元获知第二移动管理网元是为终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者终端设备已从第一移动管理网元切换至第二移动管理网元。
关于位置服务关联标识，可以参考图8中位置服务关联标识的描述，在此不加赘述。关于位置服务路由标识，可以参考图8中位置服务路由标识的描述，在此不加赘述。
可以看出，上述技术方案中，实现了在移动管理网元变化时位置管理网元获知新的移动管理网元为合法网元，避免出现位置管理网元不处理来自新的移动管理网元的信息的问题。同时，也实现了位置管理网元即时获知为终端设备的提供服务的移动网元已变化。
在一种可能的实施方式中，当移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备为芯片时，收发模块1302可以是接口、管脚或电路等。接口可用于输入待处理的数据至处理器，并可以向外输出处理器的处理结果。具体实现中，接口可以是通用输入输出(general purpose input output，GPIO)接口，可以和多个外围设备(如显示器(LCD)、摄像头(camara)、射频(radio frequency，RF)模块、天线等等)连接。接口通过总线与处理器相连。
处理模块1301可以是处理器，该处理器可以执行存储模块存储的计算机执行指令，以使 该芯片执行图6至图12实施例涉及的方法。
进一步的，处理器可以包括控制器、运算器和寄存器。示例性的，控制器主要负责指令译码，并为指令对应的操作发出控制信号。运算器主要负责执行定点或浮点算数运算操作、移位操作以及逻辑操作等，也可以执行地址运算和转换。寄存器主要负责保存指令执行过程中临时存放的寄存器操作数和中间操作结果等。具体实现中，处理器的硬件架构可以是专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits，ASIC)架构、无互锁管道阶段架构的微处理器(microprocessor without interlocked piped stages architecture，MIPS)架构、进阶精简指令集机器(advanced RISC machines，ARM)架构或者网络处理器(network processor，NP)架构等等。处理器可以是单核的，也可以是多核的。
该存储模块可以为该芯片内的存储模块，如寄存器、缓存等。存储模块也可以是位于芯片外部的存储模块，如只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)等。
需要说明的，处理器、接口各自对应的功能既可以通过硬件设计实现，也可以通过软件设计来实现，还可以通过软硬件结合的方式来实现，这里不作限制。
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种简化的第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备的结构示意图。第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备包括射频信号收发及转换部分以及42部分，该射频信号收发及转换部分又包括接收模块41部分和发送模块43部分(也可以统称为收发模块)。射频信号收发及转换部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换；42部分主要用于基带处理，对接入网设备进行控制等。接收模块41也可以称为接收器、接收机、接收电路等，发送模块43也可以称为发送器、发射器、发射机、发射电路等。42部分通常是接入网设备的控制中心，通常可以称为处理模块，用于控制第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备执行上述图7至图12中关于第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备所执行的步骤。具体可参见上述相关部分的描述。
42部分可以包括一个或多个单板，每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器，处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对接入网设备的控制。若存在多个单板，各个单板之间可以互联以增加处理能力。作为一中可选的实施方式，也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器，或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器，或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。
例如，针对于第一接入网设备，接收模块41用于执行图11所示实施例中的步骤1102中接入网设备的功能。针对于第二接入网设备，接收模块41用于执行图12所示实施例中的步骤1206中接入网设备的功能。
本申请实施例还提供一种移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备，该移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备用于执行上述定位方法。上述通信中的部分或全部可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现。
可选的，该移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备在具体实现时可以是芯片或者集成电路。
可选的，当上述实施例的定位方法中的部分或全部通过软件来实现时，移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备包括：至少一个处理器，用于执行程序， 当程序被执行时，使得移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备可以实现上述实施例提供的定位方法，该移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备还可以包括存储器，用于存储必要的程序，这些涉及的程序可以在该移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备出厂时即装载再存储器中，也可以在后期需要的时候再装载入存储器。
可选的，上述存储器可以是物理上独立的单元，也可以与处理器集成在一起。
可选的，当上述实施例的定位方法中的部分或全部通过软件实现时，移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备也可以只包括至少一个处理器。用于存储程序的存储器位于移动管理网元或位置管理网元或第二接入网设备或第一接入网设备之外，处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接，用于读取并执行存储器中存储的程序。
每个处理器可以是中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，网络处理器(network processor，NP)或者CPU和NP的组合。
可选的，每个处理器可以包括硬件芯片。上述硬件芯片可以是专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device，CPLD)，现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field-programmable gate array，FPGA)，通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL)或其任意组合。
存储器可以包括易失性存储器(volatile memory)，例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory，RAM)；存储器也可以包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如快闪存储器(flash memory)，硬盘(hard disk drive，HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive，SSD)；存储器还可以包括上述种类的存储器的组合。
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当该计算机程序被运行时，实现如图6至图12任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
本申请还提供一种定位系统，该定位系统包括移动管理网元、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、位置管理网元、网关移动位置中心和终端设备。移动管理网元用于实现图6至图12任一可能的实现方式中移动管理网元的功能，第一接入网设备用于实现图6至图12任一可能的实现方式中第一接入网设备的功能，第二接入网设备用于实现图6至图12任一可能的实现方式中第二接入网设备的功能，位置管理网元用于实现图6至图12任一可能的实现方式中位置管理网元的功能，网关移动位置中心用于实现图6至图12任一可能的实现方式中网关移动位置中心的功能，终端设备用于实现图6至图12任一可能的实现方式中终端设备的功能，在此不加赘述。
以上所述的具体实施方式，对本申请的目的、技术方案和有益效果进行了进一步详细说明，所应理解的是，以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式而已，并不用于限定本申请的保护范围，凡在本申请的技术方案的基础之上，所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包括在本申请的保护范围之内。

Claims (53)

  1. 一种定位方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于移动管理网元，所述方法包括：
    获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，则向位置管理网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示挂起对所述终端设备的定位测量；
    获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备，则向所述位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得所述位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，在所述向位置管理网元发送第一消息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一移动管理网元接收到第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量；
    所述第一移动管理网元接收第一切换请求。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收第一切换请求，包括：
    所述第一移动管理网元接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第一切换请求；或，
    所述第一移动管理网元接收所述第二接入网设备发送的路径切换请求。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一切换请求包括所述第二接入网设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一移动管理网元根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，其中所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
    所述第一移动管理网元向所述第二移动管理网元发送定位第一上下文，所述定位第一上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
  5. 根据权利要求1或4所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，所述向位置管理网元发送第一消息，包括：
    所述第二移动管理网元接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位第一上下文，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述定位第一上下文是在所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的；
    所述第二移动管理网元根据所述定位第一上下文，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述定位第一上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、位置服务路由标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息、所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述定位第一上下文还包括位置服务挂起标识，所述第二移动管理网元根据所述终端设备的定位第一上下文，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息，包括：
    所述第二移动管理网元根据所述位置服务挂起标识，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    获知到终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备，则向网关移动位置中心发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于使得所述网关移动位置中心停止等待位置响应消息的定时器、使得所述网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户端延迟回复位置信息的消息、以及使得所述网关移动位置中心进入异步等待所述位置信息的状态。
  9. 一种定位方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于位置管理网元，所述方法包括：
    向第一移动管理网元发送第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量；
    当所述终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第一消息，并根据所述第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量；
    当所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备时，接收第二消息，并根据所述第二消息发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收第一消息，包括：
    接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第一消息；或，
    接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第一消息；
    其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收第二消息，包括：
    接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第二消息；或，
    接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第二消息；
    其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
  12. 根据权利要求9或11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述第二消息发送第一定位请求，包括：
    根据所述第二消息，向所述第一移动管理网元发送所述第一定位请求；或，
    根据所述第二消息，向所述第二移动管理网元发送所述第一定位请求。
  13. 根据权利要求9-12任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收第二移动管理网元发送的位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识；
    根据所述位置服务关联标识和所述位置服务路由标识获知第二移动管理网元是为所述终 端设备提供服务的合法网元或者所述终端设备已从所述第一移动管理网元切换至所述第二移动管理网元。
  14. 一种定位方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于第二接入网设备，所述方法包括：
    当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备时，接收第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与所述第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
    获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备，则根据所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识，获取所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；
    发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收第二切换请求，包括：
    接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第二切换请求；或，
    接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第二切换请求；或，
    接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第二切换请求；
    其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息，包括：
    向所述第一移动管理网元发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；或，
    向第二移动管理网元发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
  17. 一种定位方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于第一接入网设备，所述方法包括：
    接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为所述第一移动管理网元与所述第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
    获知到所述终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备，则发送第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述发送第二切换请求，包括：
    向第二接入网设备发送所述第二切换请求；或，
    通过所述第一移动管理网元发送所述第二切换请求。
  19. 一种定位方法，其特征在于，所述方法应用于移动管理网元，所述方法包括：
    接收来自第一接入网设备的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
    向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括所述定位指令和所述位置 服务路由标识。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二切换请求包括所述第二接入网设备的标识，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一移动管理网元根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
    所述第一移动管理网元向所述第二移动管理网元发送所述定位指令、所述位置服务路由标识和定位第二上下文，所述定位第二上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关位置中心网元的定位消息后确定的。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述定位第二上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息，所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。
  22. 根据权利要求1-8或19-21任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二移动管理网元向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，以使得位置管理网元获知所述第二移动管理网元是为所述终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者所述终端设备已从所述第一移动管理网元切换至所述第二移动管理网元。
  23. 一种移动管理网元，其特征在于，所述移动管理网元包括处理模块和收发模块，其中，
    所述处理模块，用于获知到终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备；获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备；
    所述收发模块，用于向位置管理网元发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示挂起对所述终端设备的定位测量；向所述位置管理网元发送第二消息，以使得所述位置管理网元发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的网元，其特征在于，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，在向位置管理网元发送第一消息之前，
    所述收发模块，还用于接收到第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量；接收第一切换请求。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的网元，其特征在于，在接收第一切换请求时，所述收发模块，用于接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第一切换请求；或，接收所述第二接入网设备发送的路径切换请求。
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的网元，其特征在于，所述第一切换请求包括所述第二接 入网设备的标识，
    所述处理模块，还用于根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，其中所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
    所述收发模块，还用于向所述第二移动管理网元发送定位第一上下文，所述定位第一上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
  27. 根据权利要求23或26所述的网元，其特征在于，若所述移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，在向位置管理网元发送第一消息时，
    所述收发模块，用于接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位第一上下文，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述定位第一上下文是在所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的；根据所述定位第一上下文，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息。
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的网元，其特征在于，所述定位第一上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、位置服务路由标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息、所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的网元，其特征在于，所述定位第一上下文还包括位置服务挂起标识，在所述第二移动管理网元根据所述终端设备的定位第一上下文，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息时，所述收发模块，用于根据所述位置服务挂起标识，向所述位置管理网元发送所述第一消息。
  30. 根据权利要求23-29任意一项所述的网元，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块，用于获知到终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备；
    所述收发模块，用于向网关移动位置中心发送第三消息，所述第三消息用于使得所述网关移动位置中心停止等待位置响应消息的定时器、使得所述网关移动位置中心发送用于请求位置服务客户端延迟回复位置信息的消息、以及使得所述网关移动位置中心进入异步等待所述位置信息的状态。
  31. 一种位置管理网元，其特征在于，所述位置管理网元包括收发模块和处理模块，其中，
    所述收发模块，用于向第一移动管理网元发送第二定位请求，所述第二定位请求用于请求对终端设备进行定位测量；当所述终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备时，接收第一消息；
    所述处理模块，用于根据所述第一消息挂起对终端设备的定位测量；
    所述收发模块，用于当所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备时，接收第二消息，并根据所述第二消息发送第一定位请求，所述第一定位请求用于请求对所述终端设备进行定位测量。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的网元，其特征在于，在接收第一消息时，
    所述收发模块，用于接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第一消息；或，
    接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第一消息；
    其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
  33. 根据权利要求31所述的网元，其特征在于，在接收第二消息时，
    所述收发模块，用于接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第二消息；或，
    接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第二消息；
    其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
  34. 根据权利要求31或33所述的方法，其特征在于，在根据所述第二消息发送第一定位请求时，
    所述收发模块，用于根据所述第二消息，向所述第一移动管理网元发送所述第一定位请求；或，
    根据所述第二消息，向所述第二移动管理网元发送所述第一定位请求。
  35. 根据权利要求31-34任意一项所述的网元，其特征在于，
    所述收发模块，还用于接收第二移动管理网元发送的位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识；
    所述处理模块，还用于根据所述位置服务关联标识和所述位置服务路由标识获知第二移动管理网元是为所述终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者所述终端设备已从所述第一移动管理网元切换至所述第二移动管理网元。
  36. 一种第二接入网设备，其特征在于，所述第二接入网设备包括收发模块和处理模块，其中，
    所述收发模块，用于当终端设备需要从第一接入网设备切换至所述第二接入网设备时，接收第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与所述第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
    所述处理模块，用于获知所述终端设备已切换至所述第二接入网设备，则根据所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识，获取所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；
    所述收发模块，用于发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的设备，其特征在于，在接收第二切换请求时，所述收发模块，用于
    接收所述第一接入网设备发送的所述第二切换请求；或，
    接收所述第一移动管理网元发送的所述第二切换请求；或，
    接收第二移动管理网元发送的所述第二切换请求；
    其中，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元。
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的设备，其特征在于，在发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息时，所述收发模块，用于
    向所述第一移动管理网元发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息；或，
    向第二移动管理网元发送所述终端设备对应的定位测量辅助信息。
  39. 一种第一接入网设备，其特征在于，所述第一接入网设备包括收发模块和处理模块，其中，
    所述收发模块，用于接收来自第一移动管理网元的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为所述第一移动管理网元与所述第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
    所述处理模块，用于获知到所述终端设备需要从所述第一接入网设备切换至第二接入网设备；
    所述收发模块，用于发送第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识。
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的设备，其特征在于，在发送第二切换请求时，所述收发模块，用于
    向第二接入网设备发送所述第二切换请求；或，
    通过所述第一移动管理网元发送所述第二切换请求。
  41. 一种移动管理网元，其特征在于，所述移动管理网元包括收发模块，其中，
    所述收发模块，用于接收来自第一接入网设备的定位指令和位置服务路由标识，所述定位指令用于获取定位测量辅助信息，所述位置服务路由标识为第一移动管理网元与第一接入网设备之间用于标识被定位终端设备的本次定位测量任务的标识；
    向第二接入网设备发送第二切换请求，所述第二切换请求包括所述定位指令和所述位置服务路由标识。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的网元，其特征在于，所述移动管理网元还包括处理模块，若所述移动管理网元为第一移动管理网元，所述第一移动管理网元为源移动管理网元，所述第二切换请求包括所述第二接入网设备的标识，
    所述处理模块，还用于根据所述第二接入网设备的标识，选择第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元；
    所述收发模块，还用于向所述第二移动管理网元发送所述定位指令、所述位置服务路由标识和定位第二上下文，所述定位第二上下文为所述第一移动管理网元接收来自网关移动位置中心的定位消息后确定的。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的网元，其特征在于，所述定位第二上下文包括以下至少一种：位置服务关联标识、所述位置管理网元的地址信息，所述位置管理网元的标识、网关移动位置中心的地址信息、所述终端设备的位置信息的反馈地址、N1接口和N2接口消息通知订阅标识、N2接口消息通知订阅标识、位置定位客户端类型、位置定位类型、位置定位服务优先级、位置定位服务质量和支持的物理位置区域描述形状。
  44. 根据权利要求23-30或41-43任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述移动管理网元为第二移动管理网元，所述第二移动管理网元为目标移动管理网元，
    所述收发模块，还用于向位置管理网元发送位置服务关联标识和位置服务路由标识，以使得位置管理网元获知所述第二移动管理网元是为所述终端设备提供服务的合法网元或者所述终端设备已从所述第一移动管理网元切换至所述第二移动管理网元。
  45. 一种移动管理网元，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求1-8或19-22任一项所述的方法。
  46. 一种位置管理网元，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法。
  47. 一种第二接入网设备，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求14-16任一项所述的方法。
  48. 一种第一接入网设备，其特征在于，包括处理器和存储器，所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的计算机程序实现如权利要求17-18任一项所述的方法。
  49. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序被运行时，实现如权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求14-16任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求17-18任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求19-22任一项所述的方法。
  50. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括：所述芯片包括处理器，所述处理器通过运行指令，以执行权利要求1-22任一项所述的方法。
  51. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当计算机读取并执行所述计算机程序产品时，使得计算机执行实现如权利要求1-22任一项所述的方法。
  52. 一种通信装置，用于执行实现1到22项任一项所述方法。
  53. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括如权利要求23-30所述的装置、如权利要求31-35所述的装置、如权利要求36-38所述的装置、如权利要求39-40所述的装置和如权利要求41-44所述的装置。
PCT/CN2021/114052 2020-08-25 2021-08-23 一种定位方法及相关装置 WO2022042476A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21860311.6A EP4187971A4 (en) 2020-08-25 2021-08-23 POSITIONING METHOD AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS
US18/173,446 US20230209435A1 (en) 2020-08-25 2023-02-23 Positioning Method and Related Apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010865853.7A CN114125951A (zh) 2020-08-25 2020-08-25 一种定位方法及相关装置
CN202010865853.7 2020-08-25

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/173,446 Continuation US20230209435A1 (en) 2020-08-25 2023-02-23 Positioning Method and Related Apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022042476A1 true WO2022042476A1 (zh) 2022-03-03

Family

ID=80354613

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/114052 WO2022042476A1 (zh) 2020-08-25 2021-08-23 一种定位方法及相关装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230209435A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4187971A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN114125951A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022042476A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115297431A (zh) * 2022-08-05 2022-11-04 中国电信股份有限公司 用于5g卫星接入的位置验证方法及装置、系统

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024124449A1 (zh) * 2022-12-14 2024-06-20 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种定位数据收集方法及其装置
CN118264973A (zh) * 2022-12-27 2024-06-28 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 增值定位方法、装置及存储介质

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107306448A (zh) * 2016-04-25 2017-10-31 电信科学技术研究院 一种定位方法及装置
WO2019192389A1 (en) * 2018-04-03 2019-10-10 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Distributed location management function
CN110636571A (zh) * 2018-06-25 2019-12-31 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种终端ue位置服务lcs的确定方法、设备及可读存储介质

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101998627A (zh) * 2009-08-13 2011-03-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种长期演进网络定位中切换时的处理方法及系统
EP2890163B1 (en) * 2012-09-21 2016-09-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method, device and system for locating user equipment
CN103841607A (zh) * 2012-11-21 2014-06-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种网关重定位的方法、移动管理实体及宿主基站

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107306448A (zh) * 2016-04-25 2017-10-31 电信科学技术研究院 一种定位方法及装置
WO2019192389A1 (en) * 2018-04-03 2019-10-10 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Distributed location management function
CN110636571A (zh) * 2018-06-25 2019-12-31 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 一种终端ue位置服务lcs的确定方法、设备及可读存储介质

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "New Solution for KI#15: Location continuity support for N26 based Handovers", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-186696_23731_SOL4KI#15, vol. SA WG2, 26 June 2018 (2018-06-26), Vilnius, Lithuania, pages 1 - 6, XP051538165 *
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Discussion on R17 Positioning enhancement", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2006578, vol. RAN WG2, 7 August 2020 (2020-08-07), pages 1 - 11, XP051911521 *
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Several FASMO corrections in TS 23.273", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2005675, vol. SA WG2, 13 August 2020 (2020-08-13), pages 1 - 13, XP051920487 *
See also references of EP4187971A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115297431A (zh) * 2022-08-05 2022-11-04 中国电信股份有限公司 用于5g卫星接入的位置验证方法及装置、系统

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4187971A4 (en) 2024-04-03
US20230209435A1 (en) 2023-06-29
EP4187971A1 (en) 2023-05-31
CN114125951A (zh) 2022-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7278395B2 (ja) 位置決定ビーム情報取得方法および装置
US11310762B2 (en) Method for idle-mode positioning of UEs using observed time difference of arrival
US12004117B2 (en) LMF selection method and terminal location service method and device
WO2022042476A1 (zh) 一种定位方法及相关装置
JP2023518318A (ja) エッジコンピューティングベースのセルラネットワークシステムのための動的サービス発見及びオフロードフレームワーク
EP4258740A1 (en) Uplink positioning method and communication device
WO2020037660A1 (zh) 数据传输方法和装置
US20230388074A1 (en) Communication method based on reference signal, and related apparatus
EP3932111A1 (en) Migration of computing information between edge computing devices
KR20230124693A (ko) 포지셔닝 설정 방법 및 전자 장치
WO2022141219A1 (zh) 一种定位方法及相关装置
CN113853023A (zh) 无线通信的方法及装置
US20240276447A1 (en) Apparatus, methods, and computer programs
WO2021087995A1 (zh) 定位方法及设备
WO2018171450A1 (zh) 一种基站间接口建立的方法、第一基站及第二基站
WO2024165006A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US20240244496A1 (en) Managing multiple subscriber identities in cellular network
WO2024198973A1 (zh) 一种定位方法及装置
WO2024082849A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023241671A1 (zh) 定位广播的配置方法及通信装置
WO2023213183A1 (zh) 一种通信控制方法及通信装置
WO2024207225A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和装置
US20240276427A1 (en) Determining candidate positioning anchor
WO2023283786A1 (zh) 定位方法、装置、设备及介质
WO2023184118A1 (en) Location service enhancement based on usage of an user plane interface with a terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21860311

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021860311

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230224

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE